Home

User Manual - Newegg.com

Contents

1. c Content Orientation Fortra ENWW 12 Fax e Setup e Set fax settings n Use Fax e Solve fax problems ENWW 205 Setup Introduction The HP LaserJet Analog Fax Accessory 500 enables the HP multifunction product MFP to function as a standalone analog fax machine For more intormation see www hp com go ljanalogfaxaccessory500_manuals E amp Y NOTE In addition to the analog fax feature the product also supports LAN and internet faxing Only one fax method can be enabled at a time NOTE Ifthe product came with the fax accessory installed remove the fax connection cover connect the phone cord and then perform the initial fax configuration The fax connection cover is located on the phone connector on the formatter rear panel HP LaserJet Analog Fax Accessory 500 features Send fax features e Speed dials e Fax address book e Resolution and image adjustment options e Billing codes 206 Chapter 12 Fax ENWW Receive fax features e Stamp received faxes e Block incoming faxes e Fax polling e Adjustable rings to answer Advanced fax features e Notification of fax status e JBIG compression e Error correction e Fax archive Remote fax configuration e Embedded Web server e HP Web Jetadmin e HP MFP Digital Sending Software Security features e Fax printing schedule Verify fax operation When the fax accessory is installed and operating correctly the tax icon disp
2. Status message bar While sending and receiving faxes status information will display in the status bar located at the top of some touch screens This status includes such information as Ready Receiving call Page sent and others Send a fax To send a fax you can use one of three basic methods to enter numbers e Enter numbers manually e Enter numbers using speed dial e Enter numbers using the fax address book NOTE For online information about sending a fax touch on the screen to access the help menu and then touch the Fax menu under the list of help topics Allowable characters in fax numbers e Digits 0 9 e o e e spaces e I e 236 Chapter 12 Fax ENWW e X e P When entering a phone number from the numeric keypad include any pauses or other numbers such as area codes access codes for numbers outside a PBX system usually a 9 or 0 or a long distance prefix A two second pause may be included by typing a comma If the fax prefix setting has been set to automatically include the dialing pretix you will not need to enter it EY NOTE When a fax is sent it is first scanned and stored into memory After the entire document is stored it is sent and then deleted from memory Faxes that fail to send because the number was busy or did not answer are deleted from memory If the Redial On Busy or Redial On No Answer features are set the fax will not be de
3. COLOR LASERJET ENTERPRISE CM4540 MFP SERIES V pe nD O U D Y Q HP Color LaserJet Enterprise CM4540 MFP Series User Guide Copyright and License 2010 Copyright Hewlett Packard Development Company L P Reproduction adaptation or translation without prior written permission is prohibited except as allowed under the copyright laws The information contained herein is subject to change without notice The only warranties for HP products and services are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional warranty HP shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein Part number CC419 90901 Edition 2 10 2010 Trademark Credits Adobe Acrobat and PostScript are trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated Corel is a trademark or registered trademark of Corel Corporation or Corel Corporation Limited Intel Core is a trademark of Intel Corporation in the U S and other countries Microsoft Windows Windows XP and Windows Vista are U S registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation PANTONE is Pantone Inc s check standard trademark for color UNIX is a registered trademark of The Open Group ENERGY STAR and the ENERGY STAR mark are registered U S marks Conventions used in this guide X TIP Tips prov
4. 5 Select the correct Print page borders Page order and Orientation option S Advanced Printing Sherteuts Paper Guality Effects Finishing Job Storage Color Services Document Options F Print on both sides Pages per sheet 2 pages per sheet Z V Print page borders Right then Down Z Portrait Landscape E Rotate by 190 degrees Abou Hep Select page orientation with Windows 1 On the File menu in the software program click Print sf Print Ctrl P ENWW Basic print tasks with Windows 139 2 Select the product and then click the Properties or Preferences button Printer Name x7 properties operties Status 7 Find Printer Type Where E Print to File Comment E Manual duplex Page range All Current Pages section For example type 1 3 5 12 or plsi pls2 pls3 p8s3 Print what Document Zoom Print Al pages in range zl Pages per sheet 1 page Scale to paper size No Scaling 3 Click the Finishing tab Document Options E Print on both sides Flp pages up Booklet layout ofi Pages per sheet 1 pags per aheet ad Prnt page borders Page order Right then Dowr Oriertation Portrait D Landscape Rotate by 180 degrees i nel 4 Inthe Orientation area select the Portrait or Landscape option To print the page image upside
5. 8 We 3 Touch the Speed Dial number of the list to open the keyboa rd Spoed Dial Namo Speed Dial Code Fax Numbers 5555555555 EGE L A 4 Touch the down arrow on the Speed Dial Name box to open the drop down menu and then touch the Fax Numbers option 244 Chapter 12 Fax ENWW 5 Scroll through the list of fax numbers and touch the screen to the right of last digit of the fax number to be deleted Use the backspace key to delete the fax number 6 Touch the OK button to return to the Speed Dials screen 7 Touch the OK button to return to the Fax screen Add a number to an existing speed dial list 1 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Fax button Enable a functions and customize z the A device 2 Touch the Speed Dials button to display the Speed Dial screen Fax Recipients T Speed Dial Code eogi ama A s LED o 3 Touch the Speed Dial number of the list to be edited Speed Dial 5999999555 ENWW Use Fax 245 4 Touch the down arrow on the Speed Dial Name box to open the drop down menu 5 Touch the Fax Numbers item 6 To add a fax number for a speed dial name touch the screen to the right of the last digit of the last fax number in the list When the cursor appears touch the enter key to move the cursor to the next line and then type the fax number
6. Display Settings menu To display At the product control panel select the Administration menu and then select the Display Settings menu In the following table asterisks indicate the factory default setting Table 2 9 Display Settings menu First level Second level Values Key Press Sound On Off Language Settings Network Address Button Sleep Mode Inactivity Timeout Language Keyboard Layout Select from a list of languages that the product supports Each language has a default keyboard layout To change it select from a list of layouts Display Hide Disabled Use sleep delay Use sleep schedule Balance power savings Wait time Range 10 300 seconds Default 60 seconds Administration menu 35 Table 2 9 Display Settings menu continued First level Second level Values Clearable Warnings On Job Continuable Events Auto continue 10 seconds Press OK to continue 36 Chapter 2 Control panel menus ENWW Manage Supplies menu To display At the product control panel select the Administration menu and then select the Manage Supplies menu In the following table asterisks indicate the factory default setting Table 2 10 Manage Supplies menu First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Supplies Status Supply Settings Black Cartridge Color Cartridges Fuser Kit Transfer Kit Document Feeder Kit Very Low Settings L
7. l pport the U D u O UO v Q WY Q me D O Y O 22 v extension to su h t Fold out the tra paper and set width 2 ENWW Chapter 6 Paper and print media 90 3 Load paper in the tray 4 Make sure the stack fits under the tabs on the guides and does not exceed the load level indicators 5 Adjust the side guides so that they lightly touch the paper stack but do not bend it ENWW S Y LCL POE LEE Load paper trays 9 Load Tray 2 and optional Trays 3 4 and 5 with standard size paper 1 Open the tray NOTE Do not open the tray while it is in use 2 Adjust the paper length and paper width guides by squeezing the adjustment latches and sliding the guides to the size of the paper being eed 3 Load paper into the tray Check the paper to verify the guides lightly touch the stack but do not bend it NOTE To prevent jams do not overfill the tray Be sure the top of the stack is below the tray full indicator NOTE Ifthe tray is not adjusted correctly an error message might appear during printing or the paper might jam 92 Chapter 6 Paper and print media ENWW 4 Close the tray 5 The control panel shows the tray s paper type and size If the configuration is not correct follow the instructions on the control panel to change the size or type Load Tray 2 and optional Trays 3 4 and 5 with custom size paper
8. Chapter 14 Solve problems ENWW 7 Close the jam access door and push the fuser completely into the product 8 Close the right door ENWW Paper feeds incorrectly or becomes jammed 301 Clear jams in Tray 1 1 If jammed paper is visible in Tray 1 clear the jam by gently pulling the paper straight out Touch the OK button to clear the message 2 If you cannot remove the paper or if no jammed paper is visible in Tray 1 close Tray 1 and open the right door 302 Chapter 14 Solve problems ENWW 3 Gently pull the paper out of the pick up area 4 Close the right door 303 Paper feeds incorrectly or becomes jammed ENWW Clear jams in Trays 2 3 4 or 5 A CAUTION Opening a tray when paper is jammed can cause the paper to tear and leave pieces of paper in the tray which might cause another jam Be sure to clear jams before opening the tray 1 Open the tray and make sure that the paper is stacked correctly Remove any jammed or damaged sheets of paper To access jammed paper from the tray cavity remove the tray trom the product 2 Close the tray 304 Chapter 14 Solve problems ENWW Clear jams in the lower right door Trays 3 4 or 5 1 Open the lower right door 2 If paper is visible gently pull the jammed paper up or down to remove it 3 Close the lower right door ENWW Paper feeds incorrectly or becomes jammed 305 Change jam
9. Fax Activity Log Contains a list of the faxes that have been sent from or received by this product Troubleshooting tab Table 13 7 HP Embedded Web Server Troubleshooting tab Menu Description Reports and Tests Print a variety of reports to help you solve problems with the product Change the fax speed and fax speaker mode for diagnostic purposes Calibration Cleaning Enable the automatic cleaning feature set the page count at which the product automatically prints the cleaning page and set the page size to use for the cleaning page Security tab Table 13 8 HP Embedded Web Server Security tab Menu Description General Security Configure an administrator password so you can restrict access to certain features on the product Enable or disable the Host USB port on the control panel or the USB connectivity port on the formatter for printing directly from a computer Access Control Configure access to product functions for specific individuals or groups Also select the method by which individuals sign in to the product 270 Chapter 13 Manage and maintain ENWW Table 13 8 HP Embedded Web Server Security tab continued Menu Description Protect Stored Data Configure and manage the internal hard drive for the product This product includes an encrypted hard drive for maximum security Configure settings for jobs that are stored on the product hard drive Certificate Management Install and manage security
10. Seltings Frinting Shertculs Paper Qualty Effects Finishing Job Storage Color _ Services Paper Options Paper sizes Lega Paper source oe Automatically Select Paper type Urepecified z Haananifead S ot meal ImageREt 3600 Print pages on different paper Insert blank or prepiirted sheets Gloss Levet Chapter separatoi pager Det i ENWW 5 Expand the list of Type is options 6 Expand the category of paper types that best describes your paper NOTE Labels and transparencies are in the list of Other options 7 Select the option for the type of paper you are using and click the OK button ENWW Lt Everyday lt 96q E Presentation 96 130q E Brochure 131 175q E Photo Cover 176 2209 E Other Type is mi Everyday 96g E Presentation 96 1309 E Brochure 131 1759 amp PhotniCover 176 2209 al ee Color Laser Transparency Labels Letterhead Envelope Preprinted _ Prepunched bo Colored Ea Dumi wath Type is n Everyday 96g E Presentation 96 1309 E Brochure 131 175q E Photo Cover 176 2209 Other 2 Color Laser Transparency gt Letterhead Envelope Preprinted _ Prepunched bo Colored ioe Dh eas Additional print tasks with Windows Cancel 147 Print the first or last page on different paper with Windows 1 On the File menu in the software progr
11. 1 Quit all programs on the computer 2 Install the software from the CD 3 Click the product icon and follow the onscreen instructions 4 Click the Close button when the installation is complete 5 At the computer open the Apple menu t click the System Preferences menu and then click the Print amp Fax icon 6 Click the plus symbol 60 Chapter 4 Use the product with Mac ENWW 8 By default Mac OS X uses the Bonjour method to find the driver and add the product to the printer pop up menu This method is best in most situations If Mac OS X cannot find the HP printer driver an error message displays Reinstall the software If you are connecting the product to a large network you might need to use IP printing to connect rather than Bonjour Follow these steps a Click the IP Printer button b From the Protocol drop down list select the HP Jetdirect Socket option Enter the IP address or host name for the product From the Print Using drop down list select the product model if one is not already selected To configure the product to recognize the installed accessories complete these steps Mac OS X 10 4 1 From the Apple menu click the System Preferences menu and then click the Print amp Fax icon 2 Click the Printer Setup button 3 Click the Installable Options menu 4 Configure the installed options Mac OS X 10 5 and 10 6 1 From the Apple menu click the System Preferences menu and
12. Job Storage Color Senives b utto n Color Options Automatic F Plir in Grayscale Color Themes AGB color Defaut AGB al Aboul Help 6 Adjust the general settings for Edge Control amp and settings for text graphics and opire photographs Settings B General Lism Normal v Neutral Grays Black Only l Halftone Detail J Graphics www Neutral Grays Black Only Halftone Detail Photographs i Neutral Grays 4 Color ow Halftone Detail 142 Chapter 8 Print tasks ENWW Additional print tasks with Windows Print colored text as black grayscale with Windows 1 On the File menu in the software program click Print Select the product and then click the Properties or Preferences button Click the Advanced tab Expand the Document Options section Expand the Printer Features section ee a E In the Print All Text as Black drop down list select the Enabled option Print on preprinted letterhead or forms with Windows 1 On the File menu in the software program click Print wiew Inser 2 Select the product and then click the Properties or Preferences button Printer Status iy ind Printer Type pnd irr Whero E Print to File E Manual duplex section For example type 1 3 5 12 or pisi pls2 pls3 p ss Print what Document Zoom Print Al pages in range Pages per sheet 1 page l Scale
13. Solution This is normal operation When the HP Digital Sending Software enables LAN fax the analog fax is disabled and the fax menu which is used for the analog fax only does not open General fax problems Problem Fax failed to send An Out of Memory status message appears on the status message bar Print quality of a photo is poor or prints as a gray box Pressed the Cancel button on the product keyboard to cancel a fax transmission and the fax was still sent No fax address book button appears Cause Solution JBIG is enabled and receiving fax does Set JBIG off not have JBIG capability The product storage disk is full Delete some files from the disk see the product user guide for information about managing the disk Wrong Page Content mode setting Try setting the Optimize Text Picture option to Photograph Cancellation takes place after making a Cancel faxes using the fax menu selection in the cancellation menu displayed after pressing red Stop button and acknowledging with OK The fax address book feature has not Use the HP MFP Digital Sending been enabled Software Configuration utility to enable the fax address book feature ENWW Solve fax problems 251 Problem Cause Solution Not able to locate the Fax settings in Fax settings in HP Web Jetadmin are Select Digital Sending and Fax from HP Web Jetadmin located under the device s status page the drop down menu d
14. cccccccceeesesseeeecceeeeeeeeeesaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeessssaaeeee ees 101 Configure a tray to match print job settings ccccccccceesseeeeeceeeseeeeeeeeeesaeeeeeeeeesaeeees 101 Configure a tray by using the control panel cccecccccceceseseeeeeeeeeeeaseeeeeeseeeeeseaaee ees 101 Automatic paper sensing auto sense mode ccceeececeeseeeeeeeaseeeeeesseeeeeessaeeeeeeaanees 102 A e A E S E E E N A TE E E 102 Select an output bin fskm models only ccccccccccceeeseeccceeceeeeeecceeeseeeeeeeeeeesseeeeeeeeeeseaeeeeeeeeeas 103 7 Monage SUPDNCS pisrirsrrr or an N EEEREN TEIN AENA 105 Pi lit Cle FGI FEC ON srrerneriioren e tep EE E OET 106 Serel Eo Sy E TA E A E T EA A SAE 107 Pani carniiage VEW seisseen orren dintrsaenentcee vatractorron nsec sender tabetetedetacsdedaereecteeewens 107 PAGINA pro edin dges rererere E EE E E A R T 108 Settings tor print carfridges teahaeazstassucauiperncly suoseacastenanhattauinesaialtentarcnseseaceatiesacbetenee 108 Print when a print cartridge is at estimated end of life ccccceeeeeeeeeeeees 108 Enable or disable the Very Low Settings options from the control panel 108 Recycle S ppli Earran ei EEE 109 PRC CHILO SION AGS ctinrscahectienviasacenseise der tag cob autociitare EEE a OEE 109 HP policy on non HP print cartridges sercncceceest aca caitee sgeatesennnteeoeesennnctoeeeuosene tense ueueues 109 HP fraud hotline and Web site care cxciierearasicanancaaeicteaddainc
15. 1 16 Default 1 Default Billing Code Allow users to edit billing codes Default Job Options Image Preview Make optional NOTE You might need Require preview to upgrade the firmware to view this menu Disable preview Resolution Standard 100 x 200dpi Fine 200 x 200dpi Superfine 300 x 300dpi Original Sides 1 sided 2 sided Orientation Portrait Landscape Book style Flip style 30 Chapter 2 Control panel menus ENWW Table 2 6 Fax Settings menu continued First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Notification Content Orientation Original Size Image Adjustment Optimize Text Picture Job Build Blank Page Suppression Fax Receive Settings Fax Receive Setup Rings To Answer Ring Frequency Ring Interval Ringer Volume Notification E mail address Include Thumbnail Orientation 2 Sided Format Darkness Contrast Background Cleanup Sharpness Optimize For Do not notify Notify when job completes Notify only if job fails Print E mail Portrait Landscape Book style Flip style Select from a list of sizes that the product supports Manually adjust Text Printed picture Photograph Job Build off Job Build on Disabled Enabled Of Low High Administration menu 3 32 Table 2 6 Fax Settings menu continued First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Fax Archive and Forwarding Fax Print
16. 1 Open the printer driver click the Properties or Preferences button and then click the Paper Quality tab 2 Select a type from the Type is drop down list 3 Click the OK button Use paper that meets HP specifications ENWW Use different paper if you are having any of the following problems e The printing is too light or seems faded in areas e Specks of toner are on the printed pages e _ Toner is smearing on the printed pages e Printed characters seem misformed e Printed pages are curled Always use a paper type and weight that this product supports In addition follow these guidelines when selecting paper e Use paper that is of good quality and free of cuts nicks tears spots loose particles dust wrinkles voids staples and curled or bent edges e Use paper that has not been previously printed on e Use paper that is designed for use in laser printers Do not use paper that is designed only for use in Inkjet printers e Use paper that is not too rough Using smoother paper generally results in better print quality Improve print quality 307 Print a cleaning page Print a cleaning page to remove dust and excess toner from the paper path if you are having any of the following problems Specks of toner are on the printed pages Toner is smearing on the printed pages Repeated marks occur on the printed pages Use the following procedure to print a cleaning page 1 2 3 4 From the Home
17. 7 Touch the OK button to return to the Speed Dials screen ETT Te GTC UCIT e Lee CII Lt Itt ettest IL 8 Touch the OK button to return to the Fax screen Fax Numbers 5555555555 a E Voice Calls and Retries Fax Call Report A Fax Call Report is printed when the Notification feature has been enabled in the Default Job Options or More Options menu When all fax attempts have been exhausted a Fax Call Report will be printed for a fax send It shows the fax job log ID The result of the final attempt is printed on the Fax Call Report 246 Chapter 12 Fax ENWW E A Fax Call Report does not print for voice calls NOTE A Fax Call Report only generates Job numbers for final attempts If one of these reports is printed manually from the menu and the last call was neither the final attempt nor a Voice call the Job number will be zero Fax Activity Log Voice Calls are not included in the Fax Activity Log by default Only the final attempt atter all redials are used or the fax is a success is listed in the Fax Activity Log T 30 Report Voice Calls do not cause a T 30 report to print All retry attempts cause a T 30 report to print Scheduling fax printing memory lock E E ENWW Use the fax scheduling feature to specify when faxes print The following fax printing modes can be selected e Store all received faxes e Print all received faxes e Use Fax Printing Schedule If the Store all rec
18. Bin Automatically Select Z Enma ENWW Use job storage features with Windows The following job storage modes are available for print jobs e Proof and Hold This feature provides a quick way to print and proof one copy of a job and then print more copies e Personal Job When you send a job to the product the job does not print until you request it at the product control panel If you assign a personal identification number PIN to the job you must provide the required PIN at the control panel e Quick Copy If the optional hard disk is installed on the product you can print the requested number of copies of a job and then store a copy of the job on the optional hard disk Storing the job allows you to print additional copies of the job later e Stored Job If the optional hard disk is installed on the product you can store a job such as a personnel form time sheet or calendar on the product and allow other users to print the job at any time Stored jobs also can be protected by a PIN A CAUTION Ifyou turn off the product all Quick Copy Proof and Hold and Personal Job types of stored jobs are deleted To permanently store the job and prevent the product from deleting it when space is needed for something else select the Stored Job option in the driver Create a stored job with Windows 1 On the File menu in the software program f click Print Edit VIEW Inser Save AS Page S
19. Expanded sensing Transparency Only 20 Chapter 2 Control panel menus Table 2 3 General Settings menu continued First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Adjust Paper Types Optimize Select from a list of paper types that the product supports The available options are the same for each paper type Normal Paper Heavy Paper Envelope Control Environment Line Voltage Tray Print Mode Resistance Mode Humidity Mode Pre Rotation Mode Fuser Temp Mode Paper Curl Mode Select from a list of print modes Normal mode Up Down Normal High Off On Normal Up Down Normal Reduced Standard Smooth Standard Smooth Normal Reduced Temperature multipurpose mode Normal Low Temp Normal Low Voltage Normal Alternate Administration menu 2 Table 2 3 General Settings menu continued First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Jam Recovery Manage Stored Jobs 22 Chapter 2 Control panel menus Edge Control Quick Copy Job Storage Limit Background Uniformity Control Tracking Control Registration Transfer Control Fuser Temp Normal Alternate 1 Alternate 2 Alternate 3 Normal Alternate 1 Alternate 2 Alternate 3 On Oft Normal Alternate Normal Alternate 1 Alternate 2 Alternate 3 Normal Alternate Oft Light Normal Maximum Auto Oft On 1 300 Default 32 Table
20. HP LaserJet print supplies It s easy to return and recycle your HP LaserJet print cartridges after use tree of charge with HP Planet Partners Multilingual program information and instructions are included in every new HP LaserJet print cartridge and supplies package You help reduce the toll on the environment further when you return multiple cartridges together rather than separately HP is committed to providing inventive high quality products and services that are environmentally sound from product design and manufacturing to distribution customer use and recycling When you participate in the HP Planet Partners program we ensure your HP LaserJet print cartridges are recycled properly processing them to recover plastics and metals for new products and diverting millions of tons of waste from landfills Since this cartridge is being recycled and used in new materials it will not be returned to you Thank you for being environmentally responsible E NOTE Use the return label to return original HP LaserJet print cartridges only Please do not use this label for HP inkjet cartridges non HP cartridges refilled or remanufactured cartridges or warranty returns For information about recycling your HP inkjet cartridges please go to htip www hp com recycle ENWW Environmental product stewardship program 341 Return and recycling instructions United States and Puerto Rico The enclosed label in the HP LaserJet toner cartridge bo
21. If you prefer to not allow access to this information you can render the chip inoperable However after you render the memory chip inoperable the memory chip cannot be used in an HP product ENWW Data stored on the print cartridge 331 End User License Agreement PLEASE READ CAREFULLY BEFORE USING THIS SOFTWARE PRODUCT This End User License Agreement EULA is a contract between a you either an individual or the entity you represent and b Hewlett Packard Company HP that governs your use of the software product Software This EULA does not apply if there is a separate license agreement between you and HP or its suppliers for the Software including a license agreement in online documentation The term Software may include i associated media ii a user guide and other printed materials and iii online or electronic documentation collectively User Documentation RIGHTS IN THE SOFTWARE ARE OFFERED ONLY ON THE CONDITION THAT YOU AGREE TO ALL TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS EULA BY INSTALLING COPYING DOWNLOADING OR OTHERWISE USING THE SOFTWARE YOU AGREE TO BE BOUND BY THIS EULA IF YOU DO NOT ACCEPT THIS EULA DO NOT INSTALL DOWNLOAD OR OTHERWISE USE THE SOFTWARE IF YOU PURCHASED THE SOFTWARE BUT DO NOT AGREE TO THIS EULA PLEASE RETURN THE SOFTWARE TO YOUR PLACE OF PURCHASE WITHIN FOURTEEN DAYS FOR A REFUND OF THE PURCHASE PRICE IF THE SOFTWARE IS INSTALLED ON OR MADE AVAILABLE WITH ANOTHER
22. Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Send Settings e Default Job Options e Image Adjustment Touch the Lighter or Darker buttons to adjust the Darkness setting Touch the Less or More buttons to adjust the Contrast Background Cleanup or Sharpness settings Touch the Save button r NOTE Touch the Default button to reset the sharpness setting to the factory setting Optimize text picture 224 Use the Optimize text picture feature to produce tax output that best matches the original Sending graphics and photos in text mode results in lower quality images 1 2 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Send Settings e Default Job Options e Optimize Text Picture Touch one of the following options e Manually adjust default e Text Chapter 12 Fax ENWW e Printed picture e Photograph 4 Touch the Save button Job build Use the Job build feature to combine multiple originals into a single fax job 1 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button 2 Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Send Settings e Default Job Options e Job Build 3 Touch one of the following options e Job Build off default e Job Build on 4 Touch the Save button Blank page suppression ENWW Use the Blank page suppression feature to prevent blank pages in a fax from being printed 1 From th
23. Paper type Image orientation Duplex mode How to load paper Preprinted or letterhead Portrait 1 sided printing Face down Bottom edge leading into the product Automatic 2 sided printing Face up Bottom edge leading into the product Landscape 1 sided printing Face down Top edge toward the back of the product Automatic 2 sided printing Face up Top edge toward the back of the product 98 Chapter 6 Paper and print media ENWW Paper type Image orientation Prepunched Portrait or landscape Envelopes Landscape Short edge of the envelope feeding into the product Portrait Long edge of the envelope feeding into the product Duplex mode 1 or 2 sided printing 1 sided printing 1 sided printing How to load paper Holes toward the back of the product Face down Top edge toward the front of the product Face down Top edge leading into the product ENWW Load paper trays 99 Paper orientation for loading Tray 2 or Trays 3 4 and 5 Duplex mode 1 sided printing Automatic 2 sided printing How to load paper Face up Top edge at the left side of the tray Face down Top edge at the left side of the tray 1 sided printing Paper type Image orientation Preprinted or letterhead Portrait Landscape Prepunched Portrait or landscape Automatic 2 sided printing 1 or 2 sided printing Face up Top edge toward the back
24. n Economy settings e Install external I O cards e Clean the product e Product updates ENWW 263 Print information pages Information pages provide details about the product and its current configuration Use the following procedure to print or view the information pages 1 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button 2 Open the Reports menu 3 Select the name of the report you want to review and then touch the Print button to print it or touch the View button to review the settings on the control panel display E NOTE Some pages do not have the View option Table 13 1 Reports menu First level Second level Description Configuration Status Pages Administration Menu Map Configuration Page Shows the product settings and installed accessories Supplies Status Shows the approximate remaining life for the supplies reports statistics on total number of pages and jobs processed serial number page counts and maintenance information HP provides approximations of the remaining life for the supplies as a customer convenience The actual remaining supply levels might be different than the approximations provided Usage Page Shows a count of all paper sizes that have passed through the product lists whether they were simplex duplex monochrome or color and reports the page count File Directory Page Shows the file name and folder name for files that are stored in the product memory Co
25. using 167 color options HP EasyColor Windows 171 setting Windows 141 Color Samples for RGB description 265 Color tab settings 69 Color Usage description 264 Color usage Macintosh 64 contiguration remote 210 Configuration Page description 264 configurations models 2 contiguring IP address 59 75 connection USB with Mac 58 USB with Windows 73 connectivity solving problems 316 Index 355 control panel Administration menu 18 Backup Restore menu 45 Calibrate Cleaning menu 45 cleaning page printing 279 Copy Settings menu 23 Display Settings menu 35 Fax Settings menu 29 General Settings menu 19 help 11 Home screen 12 locating 5 Manage Supplies menu 37 Manage Trays menu 38 menus summary 16 messages numerical list 120 messages types of 288 Network Settings menu 39 Print Options menu 34 Print Settings menu 33 Reports menu 18 Scan Digital Send Settings menu 2 7 security 2 74 Service menu 46 settings 52 63 Stapler Stacker Settings menu 39 touchscreen buttons 14 Troubleshooting menu 42 USB Firmware Upgrade menu 46 conventions document iii copies changing number of Windows 130 copy adjust lightness darkness 181 books 185 cancel 176 collate 178 color 178 creating a stored job 187 enlarge 177 from document feeder 176 from glass 176 grayscale 178 improve quality 179 Job Build 190 Job Mode 190 356 Index mixed sizes 188 multiple originals 190 optimize for text or pictures 179 photos 186 reduc
26. 1 Open the tray ENWW Load paper trays 93 94 ele ji paper length and paper width guides by squeezing the adjustment latches and eng the sides to the size of the paper being used Load paper into the tray Check the paper to verify the guides lightly touch the stack but do not bend it Chapter 6 Paper and print media ENWW 4 Close the tray 5 The control panel prompts you to set the paper size and type Select the Custom setting and then contigure the X and Y dimensions of the custom paper size NOTE See the label in the paper tray or the following illustration to determine the X and Y dimensions ENWW Load paper trays 95 Tray and bin capacity Tray or bin Tray Tray 2 Optional Trays 3 4 and 5 Output bin Document feeder Paper type Paper Envelopes Labels Transparencies Glossy paper Paper Transparencies Glossy paper Paper Transparencies Glossy paper Paper Paper 96 Chapter 6 Paper and print media Specifications Range 60 g m 16 Ib bond to 216 g m 58 Ib bond Less than 60 g m 16 Ib bond to 90 g m 24 Ib bond Maximum 0 102 mm 0 004 in thick Minimum 0 102 mm 0 004 in thick Range 105 g m 28 Ib bond to 220 g m 58 b bond Range 60 g m 16 Ib bond to 220 g m 59 b bond Minimum 0 102 mm 0 004 in thick Range 105 g m 28 Ib bond to 220 g m 58 Ib bond Range 60 g m 16 Ib
27. 2 3 General Settings menu continued First level Hold Off Print Job Restore Factory Settings Restrict Color Second level Quick Copy Job Held Timeout Default Folder Name for Stored Jobs Sort Stored Jobs By Third level Fourth level Values On 1 Hour A Hours 1 Day 1 Week Job Name Date Enabled Disabled Address Book Calibration Copy Digital Send E mail Fax General Print Security Enable color Disable color Color if allowed Copy Settings menu To display At the product control panel select the Administration menu and then select the Copy Settings menu In the following table asterisks indicate the factory default setting ENWW Administration menu 23 Table 2 4 Copy Settings menu First level Second level Values Image Preview NOTE You might need to upgrade the firmware to view this menu Sides Color Black Staple Collate NOTE For models that include an HP Stapling Mailbox Collate NOTE For models that do not include an HP Stapling Mailbox Reduce Enlarge Orientation Color Mode Staple Collate Scaling Auto Include Margins 24 Chapter 2 Control panel menus Make optional Require preview Disable preview l sided original 1 sided output l sided original 2 sided output 2 sided original 1 sided output 2 sided original 2 sided output Portrait Landscape Auto detect Color Black None Top left T
28. 207 resolution 221 restore factory 287 rings to answer 226 stamp received faxes 231 shortcuts Windows creating 132 using 131 Sign in control panel 194 signs printing 163 sleep delay disabling enabling sleep mode disabling 275 enabling 275 Sleep Schedule setting 276 slow fax reception 252 slow fax transmission 253 SMTP servers connectto 199 software embedded Web server 55 HP Printer Utility 64 HP Web Jetadmin 55 installing USB connections 73 installing wired networks 77 Mac 64 problems 318 settings 52 63 216 216 276 276 Index 36 362 software license agreement 332 supported operating systems 48 58 uninstalling for Windows 54 uninstalling Mac 61 Solaris software 56 solving direct connect problems network problems 316 walk up USB printing problems 314 special media guidelines 82 special paper copying 183 guidelines 82 printing Windows specifications electrical and acoustic operating environment speed dial creating 241 delete 243 list report 260 Speed Dial List description 264 speed optimizing 275 stamp received faxes 231 staple options selecting Windows stapler jams 293 294 Stapler Stacker Settings menu control panel 39 staples replacing 115 Start button control panel touchscreen 14 status Home screen control panel 12 HP Utility Macintosh 64 messages types of 288 status message bar 236 status fax accessory page 250 Stop button control panel touchscreen 1
29. 3 Clean the scanner glass and the white plastic backing with a soft cloth or sponge that has been moistened with nonabrasive glass cleaner A CAUTION Do not use abrasives acetone benzene ammonia ethyl alcohol or carbon tetrachloride on any part of the product these can damage the product Do not place liquids directly on the glass or platen They might seep and damage the product 4 Dry the glass and white plastic backing with a chamois or a cellulose sponge to prevent spotting 5 Plug in the product and then use the power switch to turn on the product ENWW Improve print quality 311 The product does not print or it prints slowly The product does not print It the product does not print at all try the following solutions 1 Make sure the product is turned on and that the control panel indicates it is ready o If the control panel does not indicate the product is ready turn the product off and then on again o If the control panel indicates the product is ready try sending the job again 2 Ifthe control panel indicates the product has an error resolve the error and then try sending the job again 3 Make sure the cables are all connected correctly If the product is connected to a network check the following items o Check the light next to the network connection on the product If the network is active the light is green Make sure that you are using a network cable and not a phone cord to connect to the ne
30. 6 On the File menu in the software program click Print Select the product and then click the Properties or Preferences button Click the Job Storage tab In the Job Storage Mode area click the Personal Job option Optional In the Make Job Private area click the PIN to print option and enter a 4 digit personal identification number PIN Print the job at any time from the product control panel Temporarily store a job on the product E NOTE This option is available if the optional hard disk is installed in the product NOTE The product stores the job until you turn the product off l 2 3 4 On the File menu in the software program click Print Select the product and then click the Properties or Preferences button Click the Job Storage tab In the Job Storage Mode area click the Quick Copy option The requested number of copies are printed immediately and you can print more copies from the product control panel Permanently store a job on the product E NOTE This option is available if the optional hard disk is installed in the product 1 On the File menu in the software program click Print Select the product and then click the Properties or Preferences button Click the Job Storage tab In the Job Storage Mode area click the Stored Job option 160 Chapter 8 Print tasks ENWW Make a permanently stored job private so that anyone who tries to print it must provide a PIN E NOTE Th
31. 8 511 Sides 1 sided _ SS ee Staple Hone or TE _ This is a private job You must enter the correct PIN to access il PIN Delete When you send a stored job to the product memory the product overwrites any previous jobs with the same user and job name If a job is not already stored under the same user and job name and the product needs additional space the product might delete other stored jobs starting with the oldest You can change the number of jobs that can be stored from the General Settings menu on the product control panel Use this procedure to delete a job that is stored in the product memory 1 From the Home screen touch the Open from Device Memory button Select the name of the folder where the job is stored 2 3 Select the name of the job and then touch the Delete button 4 It the job is locked type the PIN in the PIN field and then touch the Delete button Set job storage options with Windows Print one copy for proof before printing all the copies 1 On the File menu in the software program click Print 2 Select the product and then click the Properties or Preferences button ENWW Additional print tasks with Windows 159 3 Click the Job Storage tab 4 In the Job Storage Mode area click the Proof and Hold option Temporarily store a personal job on the product and print it later NOTE The product deletes the job after you print it 1 2 3 4 5
32. Copy on both sides duplex 1 Load the original documents into the document feeder with the first page facing up and with the top of the page leading 2 On the control panel touch the Copy button 3 Touch the Sides button 4 To make a two sided copy from a one sided original touch the 1 sided original 2 sided Copy Sides ee En output button ffrjisaea original 1 sided output 9 orientation laka D sided original 2 sided output To make a two sided copy from a two sided Olalia original Zaida ouput il original touch the 2 sided original 2 sided Cys sealer ET Co output button To make a one sided copy from a two sided original touch the 2 sided original 1 sided output button Touch the OK button 5 Touch the Start button D E olor Color Black Color ik Reduce Enlarge Auto j Image Adjustment Options ENWW Copy on both sides duplex 189 Use Job Build mode Use the Job Build feature to combine several sets of original documents into one copy job Also use this feature to copy an original document that has more pages than the document feeder can accommodate at one time 1 Load the original document face up in the document feeder or face down on the scanner glass On the control panel touch the Copy button Scroll to and touch the Job Build button Touch the Job Build on button Touch the OK button It necessary select th
33. Double click the product icon to open the window right click the print job that you want to cancel and then click Cancel gt Windows Vista Click Start click Control Panel and then under Hardware and Sound click Printer Double click the product icon to open the window right click the print job that you want to cancel and then click Cancel gt Windows 7 Click Start and then click Devices and Printers Double click the product icon to open the window right click the print job that you want to cancel and then click Cancel 128 Chapter 8 Print tasks ENWW Basic print tasks with Windows The methods to open the print dialog from software programs can vary The procedures that follow include a typical method Some software programs do not have a File menu See the documentation for your sottware program to learn how to open the print dialog Open the printer driver with Windows 1 On the File menu in the software program click Print view Inser 2 Select the product and then click the Properties or Preferences button Printer Name a Properties ses my Find Printer Type Where E Print to File E Manual duplex Page range O All F i y ranges s From the 4 section For example type 1 3 5 12 or pisi pis pls3 p s3 Print what Document Zoom Print All pages in range Pages per sheet page z Scale to paper size No Scaling ENWW Basic print tasks with Windo
34. E E em ane oces 306 prove punk gnali ener ne mene nner ers Rec ees Ae are we On emt eee Ree RO ete ere 307 Seleka paper hy De segs detract a ends aed ac chine scapecoaeee 307 Use paper that meets HP specifications ccccccccccseeccececueeececeeeseeeeeceessaeeeecesaaneeees 307 Prnrac anno page renan eee ct ne Ran et eR tt cee ee coe net ne Pe 308 Calibrale Terr CUCL sate oetactes hacen E 308 Ser the image regi son naoin a tessa ase eee eee eee ee 308 Internal print quality test pages cax255 acetate coc ateroetind sale cad eaasacGuentdacameoa coal wicuaeus 309 Check ihe Pin CON AGG tnsneGe ts cuca cette atest tea adie sae atedoatnaas wetaetene sac saaten Aaeaamaaece We 309 Use the printer driver that best meets your printing needs cccceseeeeeceeeseeeeeeneeees 310 Improve print quality for copies nc1ccesaietsbepccdantins Sea ecctlerintsGdaantaesasie tadecechudeeateniareesns 311 The product does not print or it prints slowly ssssnnnesssnsssssnnssssnnnsssrnssssrrnsssreressrrresssrrrsserrens 312 The produc GOSS NOt pinhos rn a A T OET OE TA 312 The produch punis SIO WIN sates tec 2 meta N 313 Solve walkup USB printing problems sascc asst annette tina act Gaon E eudeaeeceess 314 The Open from USB menu does not open when you insert the USB accessory 664 314 The file does not print from the USB storage accessory sseeeeeescceeeeeeesssenseeeeeeeeees 314 The file that you want to print is not listed
35. E mail check box to enable the feature Select the outgoing mail server to use or click the Add button to add a different server to the list NOTE If you don t know the name of the mail server you can usually find it by opening your e mail program and looking at the outgoing mail configuration settings In the Address and Message Field Control area configure the default setting for the From address Configuring the other settings is optional When you are finished click the Save Settings button 4 Enable the Save to Network Folder feature Chapter 11 Click the Save to Network Folder Setup link Select the Save to Network Folder check box to enable the feature In the Quick Sets area click the Add button On the next screen provide a name and a description for the Quick Set and specify the location where you want the Quick Set to appear on the control panel Click the Next button On the next screen select the type of Quick Set folder to use and then click the Next button Scan and send documents ENWW f Continue through the screens and select the default options you want to apply to the Quick Set g On the Summary screen review the settings and then click the Finish button 5 Enable the Save to USB feature a Click the Save to USB Setup link b Select the Enable Save to USB check box c Click the Apply button at the bottom of the page ENWW Set up scan send features 193 Use scan send functions S
36. Embedded Web Server EWS features 266 HP fraud hotline 109 Index 357 HP Jetdirect print server installing 277 models including 2 HP Printer Utility 64 HP tough paper 163 HP Universal Print Driver 51 HP Utility 64 HP Utility Macintosh 64 HP Web Jetadmin 55 272 HP UX software 56 humidity requirements 338 j information pages HP Embedded Web Server 267 printing or viewing 264 installing EIO card 277 EIO cards 277 print cartridges 110 product on wired networks Mac 59 product on wired networks Windows 75 software USB connections 73 software wired networks 77 toner collection unit 112 interface ports locating 8 9 Internet Explorer versions supported HP Embedded Web Server 266 IP address configuring 59 75 IP Security 273 IPsec 273 IPv4 address 79 IPv6 address 80 J jams causes of 289 document feeder 292 fuser 299 lower right door 305 output area 293 output bin 297 recovery 306 358 Index right door 299 stapler 293 294 top cover 297 Tray 1 302 trays 304 Japanese VCCI statement 349 JBIG compression setting 218 Jetadmin HP Web 55 272 Jetdirect print server installing 277 models including 2 Job Build copying 190 Job Mode copying 190 job retention setting options Windows 159 job storage Macintosh settings 69 modes available 157 setting options Windows 159 jobs Macintosh settings 64 jobs print storing permanent copies Windows 160 storing permanent private copies Windows 16
37. Firmware Upgrade menu To display At the product control panel select the Device Maintenance menu and then select the USB Firmware Upgrade menu Insert a USB storage device with a firmware upgrade bundle into the USB port and follow the on screen instructions Service menu To display At the product control panel select the Device Maintenance menu and then select the Service menu The Service menu is locked and requires a PIN for access This menu is intended for use by authorized service personnel 46 Chapter 2 Control panel menus ENWW 3 Software for Windows e Supported operating systems for Windows e Supported printer drivers for Windows e Select the correct printer driver for Windows e Priority for print settings e Change printer driver settings for Windows e Remove software for Windows e Supported utilities for Windows e Software for other operating systems ENWW 47 48 Supported operating systems for Windows The product supports the following Windows operating systems Windows XP 32 bit and 64 bit Windows Server 2003 32 bit and 64 bit Windows Server 2008 32 bit and 64 bit Windows Vista 32 bit and 64 bit Windows 7 32 bit and 64 bit Chapter 3 Software for Windows ENWW Supported printer drivers for Windows e HP PCL 6 this is the default printer driver e HP postscript emulation Universal Print Driver HP UPD PS e HP PCL 5 Universal Print Driver HP UPD PCL 5 e HP PCL 6 Univer
38. HP PRODUCT YOU MAY RETURN THE ENTIRE UNUSED PRODUCT 1 THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE The Software may include in addition to HP proprietary software HP Software software under licenses from third parties Third Party Software and Third Party License Any Third Party Software is licensed to you subject to the terms and conditions of the corresponding Third Party License Generally the Third Party License is in a file such as license txt or a readme file You should contact HP support if you cannot find a Third Party License If the Third Party Licenses include licenses that provide for the availability of source code such as the GNU General Public License and the corresponding source code is not included with the Software then check the product support pages of HP s website hp com to learn how to obtain such source code 2 LICENSE RIGHTS You will have the following rights provided you comply with all terms and conditions of this EULA a Use HP grants you a license to Use one copy of the HP Software Use means installing copying storing loading executing displaying or otherwise using the HP Software You may not modify the HP Software or disable any licensing or control feature of the HP Software If this Software is provided by HP for Use with an imaging or printing product for example if the Software is a printer driver firmware or add on the HP Software may only be used with such product HP
39. HP Save to Folder Setup Wizard to set up a shared folder on the network where you can store scanned documents 7 Print a page trom any program to make sure that the software is correctly installed ENWW Connect to a network 77 Configure network settings View or change network settings Use the embedded Web server to view or change IP configuration settings 1 Print a configuration page and locate the IP address e Ifyou are using IPv4 the IP address contains only digits It has this format XXX XKX XXX XXX e Ifyou are using IPv6 the IP address is a hexadecimal combination of characters and digits It has a format similar to this XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX 2 To open the embedded Web server type the IP address into the address line of a Web browser 3 Click the Networking tab to obtain network information You can change settings as needed Set or change the network password Use the embedded Web server to set a network password or change an existing password 1 Open the embedded Web server click the Networking tab and click the Security link E NOTE Ifa password has previously been set you are prompted to type the password Type the password and then click the Apply button 2 Type the new password in the New Password box and in the Verify password box 3 At the bottom of the window click the Apply button to save the password 78 Chapter 5 Connect the product ENWW Manually configure IPv4 TCP IP parameters from t
40. Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Send Settings e Fax Send Setup e Fax Dialing Settings Touch the Dialing Mode drop down menu and select either the Tone option default or Pulse option to set the fax dialing mode Touch the Save button Set fax settings 213 Set fax send speed The Fax send speed setting sets the modem bit rate measured in bits per second of the Analog Fax modem while sending a fax 1 2 4 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Send Settings e Fax Send Setup e Fax Dialing Settings Touch the drop down menu under the Fax Send Speed heading and then touch one of the following e Fast default 33600 bps bits per second e Medium 14400 bps e Slow 9600 bps Touch the Save button Set the redial interval 214 The redial interval setting selects the number of minutes between retries if the number dialed is busy or not answering NOTE You might observe a redial message on the control panel when both the Redial on Busy and Redial on No Answer settings are set to off This occurs when the fax accessory dials a number establishes a connection and then loses the connection As a result of this error condition the fax accessory performs two automatic redial attempts regardless of the redial settings the first one at 26 400 bp
41. LAN fax When LAN fax is enabled the analog fax feature is disabled Only one fax feature either LAN fax or analog fax can be enabled at a time Non Operational Enabled Disabled A firmware failure has been identified The firmware should be updated Damaged Enabled Disabled Fax accessory has failed reseat the fax accessory card and check for bent pins If the status is still DAMAGED replace the analog fax accessory card 1 ENABLED indicates that the analog fax accessory is enabled turned on DISABLED indicates that LAN fax is enabled analog fax is turned off 250 Chapter 12 Fax ENWW Fax feature is not operating The fax accessory is installed but the icon does not appear on the product main screen Cause HP MFP Digital Sending Software Configuration utility has disabled the analog fax feature The accessory is not operating correctly Faulty formatter board Solution Use the HP MFP Digital Sending Software Configuration utility to enable the analog fax feature Check the fax accessory status If the status is NON OPERATIONAL new firmware might need to be installed If the status is DAMAGED and you just installed the card try reseating the card and check for bent pins If the status is DAMAGED and the card is installed correctly the card might need to be replaced Contact your HP service representative for service The product is not displaying the fax menus Cause LAN fax is enabled
42. LaserJet products The best choice for printing from third party or custom software programs The best choice when operating with mixed environments which require the product to be set to PCL 5 UNIX Linux mainframe Designed for use in corporate Windows environments to provide a single driver for use with multiple printer models Preterred when printing to multiple printer models from a mobile Windows computer Recommended for printing in all Windows environments Provides the overall best speed print quality and printer feature support for most users Developed to align with Windows Graphic Device Interface GDI for best speed in Windows environments May not be fully compatible with third party and custom solutions based on PCL5 50 Chapter 3 Software for Windows ENWW HP Universal Print Driver UPD The HP Universal Print Driver UPD for Windows is a single driver that gives you instant access to virtually any HP LaserJet product from any location without downloading separate drivers It is built on proven HP print driver technology and has been tested thoroughly and used with many software programs It is a powerful solution that performs consistently over time The HP UPD communicates directly with each HP product gathers configuration information and then customizes the user interface to show the product s unique available features It automatically enables features that are available for the product such as t
43. Mac HP Embedded Web Server The product is equipped with the HP Embedded Web server which provides access to information about product and network activities Access the HP Embedded Web Server from the HP Utility Open the Printer Settings menu and then select the Additional Settings option EN WW Software for Mac 65 Print with Mac Cancel a print job with Mac 1 2 If the print job is currently printing cancel it by following this procedure a Press the Stop button on the product control panel b From the list on the touchscreen touch the print job you want to delete and touch the Cancel Job button c The product prompts you to confirm the deletion Touch the Yes button You can also cancel a print job from a software program or a print queue e Software program Typically a dialog box appears briefly on the computer screen allowing you to cancel the print job e Mac print queue Open the print queue by double clicking the product icon in the Dock Highlight the print job and then click Delete Change the paper size and type with Mac 1 FF Ff On the File menu in the software program click the Print option In the Copies amp Pages menu click the Page Setup button Select a size from the Paper Size drop down list and then click the OK button Open the Finishing menu Mac OS X 10 5 and 10 6 Select a type from the Media type drop down list Click the Print button Create and use printing p
44. On the keyboard type the first letter or letters of the name matching recipients appear as letters are typed Type more letters to further refine the search Select from the name s found at the top of the screen and then touch OK The screen returns to the Fax fax address book Touch the right arrow to enter the selected name into the Fax Recipients list Touch the OK button to return to the Send Fax job screen E NOTE To import export the local fax fax address book to the EWS refer to the EWS documentation Cancel a fax Cancel the current fax transmission A Touch the Cancel Job button on the fax Status screen or On the control panel touch the red Stop button Touch the OK button when the message Job has been aborted displays Touch the OK button to finish canceling the fax job and return to the fax screen Cancel pending faxes 240 l 2 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Job Status button Touch the fax job to cancel on the Job Status screen Touch the Cancel Job button Touch the Yes button on the screen with the message Are you sure you want to cancel this job displays Chapter 12 Fax ENWW E NOTE The cancel operation may require up to 30 seconds to complete Receive faxes When the fax accessory receives incoming faxes it stores them in memory before printing After the entire fax is stored it is printed and then deleted from memory Faxes print when received unless Schedule Print
45. Print document on option and then select a size from the drop down list ENWW Printer Name p Properties Status Find Printer Type Where E Print to File Comment E Manual duplex Page range ll section For example type 1 3 5 12 or pisi pls2 pls3 pss Print what Document Zoom Print All pages in range Pages per sheet 1 page Scale to paper size No Scaling Paper Queit Elects nishina Job Storage Color Sences Resizing Oplions Actual size O Prnt document on Lettar Z Scale to ft of actual sze 100 4 Watermarks Frst page only Paper Quality Ettects Finishing Job Storage Calor_ Services Resizing Oplions Actual size Print document on r Letter Statement 8 513 Watermarks 16K 195270 mm 16K 184x260 mm 16K Frsi page only Japanese Postcard Double Japan Postcard Rotated Envelopa 9 Envelope 10 Envelope Monarch Envelope B5 Envelope C5 4 Envelope C6 4 Envelope DL Few 16K 1972273 mm Postcard JIS Additional print tasks with Windows ix z 151 Add a watermark to a document with Windows 1 On the File menu in the software program click Print 2 Select the product and then click the Properties or Preferences button 3 Click the Effects tab 4 Select a watermark from the Watermarks drop down list Or to add a new watermark to the list click the Edit
46. Settings e Fax Printing Schedule Touch the Use Fax Printing Schedule option Touch the Schedule button Touch Fax Printing Mode Touch the green plus sign to open the Schedule a Weekly Fax Event screen Select an option under the Event Type heading e Print incoming faxes e Store incoming faxes Touch the Time fields to open the keypad and then enter the hour and minute values when incoming faxes will be printed or stored Touch the Event Days buttons for the days to apply the fax printing schedule Touch the OK button Touch the Save button to save the fax printing schedule Touch the Save button to enable fax printing schedule NOTE Only one fax printing schedule can be applied per day Block incoming faxes Use the fax block list setting to create a list of blocked phone numbers When a fax is received from a blocked phone number the fax is not printed and is immediately deleted from memory 228 Chapter 12 Fax ENWW Create a blocked fax list 1 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button 2 Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Receive Settings e Blocked Fax Numbers 3 Touch the Fax Number to Block text box to display the keyboard 4 Type a number and then touch the OK button 5 Touch the green arrow to move the number to the Blocked Fax Numbers list E amp Y NOTE To add additional blocked fax numbers repeat steps 3 through 5 6 Touch the Save button to save the blocked fax
47. Setup Wizard to configure the required settings 4 When the Fax Setup Wizard finishes the option to hide the Initial Setup button appears on the Home screen Access the Fax Setup Wizard after initial setup through the control panel by following these steps 1 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button 2 Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Send Settings e Fax Send Setup e Fax Setup Wizard Follow these steps to configure the required fax settings using the Fax Setup Wizard 1 Touch your country region on the first screen of the Fax Setup Wizard and then touch the Next button 2 Touch the date and time boxes to enter the date time and then touch the Next button 3 Touch the Company Name and Fax Number boxes to enter your company name and fax number and then touch the Next button 4 Touch the Dialing Prefix box to enter your dialing prefix if required and then touch the Next button 5 Confirm your fax configuration settings on the final screen of the Fax Setup Wizard Touch the Finish button to complete the Fax Setup Wizard Or Touch the Back button to move back through the Fax Setup Wizard screens and make changes to your configuration entries E NOTE The settings configured using the Fax Setup Wizard on the control panel override any settings made in the embedded Web server 208 Chapter 12 Fax ENWW NOTE If the Fax Setup menu settings does not appear in the menu listin
48. Use paper that has not previously been printed or copied on Paper feeds incorrectly or becomes jammed 289 4 Make sure the tray is not overtilled If it is remove the entire stack of paper from the tray straighten the stack and then return some of the paper to the tray 5 Make sure the paper guides in the tray are adjusted correctly for the size of paper Adjust the guides so they are touching the paper stack without bending it 6 Make sure that the tray is fully inserted in the product 7 If you are printing on heavy embossed or perforated paper use the manual feed feature and feed sheets one at a time Clear jams Jam locations Use this illustration to identify locations of jams In addition instructions appear on the control panel to direct you to the location of jammed paper and how to clear it E NOTE Internal areas of the product that might need to be opened to clear jams have green handles or green labels A WARNING To avoid electrical shock remove any necklaces bracelets or other metal items before reaching into the inside of the product Figure 14 1 Jam locations 1 Document feeder 2 Top cover 3 Right door 4 Tray area 5 Tray 2 and optional Trays 3 4 and 5 6 Lower right door 290 Chapter 14 Solve problems ENWW Stapler Output bins ENWW Paper feeds incorrectly or becomes jammed 291 Clear jams in the document feeder 1 Open the document feeder cover 2 Lift the jam access doo
49. a photo e Create a stored copy job e Copy mixed size originals e Copy on both sides duplex e Use Job Build mode ENWW 175 Use copy functions Copy Use the scanner glass to make as many as 9999 copies of small lightweight paper less than 60 g m or 16 lb or heavy paper more than 105 g m or 28 lb This includes paper such as receipts newspaper clippings photographs old documents worn documents and books Use the document feeder to make as many as 9999 copies of a document that has up to 50 pages depending on the thickness of the pages 1 To copy from the scanner glass place the original document face down on the glass Align the corner of the original with the upper left corner of the glass 2 To copy from the document feeder place the document into the document feeder with the pages facing up 3 To make copies by using the default copy options use the keypad on the control panel to select the number of copies and touch the Start button Cancel a copy job 1 Press the Stop button on the control panel and then touch the name of the job 2 Touch the Cancel Job button and then touch the OK button 176 Chapter 10 Copy ENWW Reduce or enlarge a copy image 1 From the Home screen touch the Copy button fp iP Cote taserset cmas4o Initial setup e i 2 Touch the Reduce Enlarge button 3 Select one of the predefined percentages or touch the Scaling field and type a percentage betwe
50. and install a cartridge that is the correct color If print quality is no longer acceptable replace the print cartridge Consider purchasing a replacement cartridge so it is available when the installed cartridge has reached the end of its estimated life If print quality is no longer acceptable replace the print cartridge Solve problems with supplies 125 126 Chapter 7 Manage supplies ENWW 8 Print tasks e Cancel a print job with Windows e Basic print tasks with Windows e Additional print tasks with Windows e Walk up USB printing ENWW 127 Cancel a print job with Windows E NOTE If the print job is too far into the printing process you might not have the option to cancel it 1 If the print job is currently printing cancel it by following this procedure a Press the Stop button on the control panel b From the list on the touchscreen touch the print job you want to delete and touch the Cancel Job button c The product prompts you to confirm the deletion Touch the Yes button 2 You can also cancel a print job from a software program or a print queue e Software program Typically a dialog box appears briefly on the computer screen allowing you to cancel the print job e Windows print queue If a print job is waiting in a print queue computer memory or print spooler delete the job there gt Windows XP Server 2003 or Server 2008 Click Start click Settings and then click Printers and Faxes
51. be entered using the Fax Setup Wizard or by following these steps 1 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button 2 Open the following menus e General Settings e Date Time Settings e Date Time Format 3 Touch a Date Format option 4 Touch a Time Format option 5 Touch the Save button to save the settings Setup 209 Set fax settings Remote fax configuration In addition to using the product control panel you can configure the fax accessory remotely by using various software tools Because the product contains an embedded Web server EWS you can configure the fax accessory across the Web by using either a Web browser or HP Web Jetadmin WJA In addition you can contigure the fax accessory across the network with a network connected computer by using the HP MFP Digital Sending Software Configuration Utility DSS These tools provide access to most of the fax accessory configuration settings that available from the product tax menu Web browser The product contains an embedded Web server EWS The EWS allows you to use a Web browser to access and set the analog fax settings 1 Type the IP address of the product in the browser URL address bar and press Enter to open the EWS Configure product screen To get the IP address of the product print a product Configuration page EY NOTE It DSS is being used a message appears on EWS indicating that DSS is in control The only way to change settings is
52. bond to 220 g m 59 b bond Minimum 0 102 mm 0 004 in thick Range 105 g m 28 Ib bond to 220 g m 58 Ib bond Range 60 g m 16 Ib bond to 220 g m 59 b bond Quantity Maximum stack height 10 mm 0 39 in Equivalent to 100 sheets of 75 g m 20 b bond Up to 10 envelopes Maximum stack height 10 mm 0 39 in Maximum stack height 10 mm 0 39 in Up to 50 sheets Maximum stack height 10 mm 0 39 in Up to 50 sheets Maximum stack height 56 mm 2 2 in Equivalent to 500 sheets of 75 g m 20 b bond Maximum stack height 56 mm 2 2 in Maximum stack height 56 mm 2 2 in Maximum stack height 56 mm 2 2 in Equivalent to 500 sheets of 75 g m 20 Ib bond Maximum stack height 56 mm 2 2 in Maximum stack height 56 mm 2 2 in Up to 500 sheets of 75 g m 20 Ib bond Up to 50 sheets of 75 g m 20 Ib bond ENWW EY NOTE Trays 2 3 4 and 5 can print on bond paper heavier than 220 g m 59 Ib in some circumstances but HP does not guarantee results ENWW Load paper trays 97 Paper orientation for loading trays If you are using paper that requires a specific orientation load it according to the information in the following tables E NOTE The Alternative Letterhead Mode and Image Rotation settings affect the way you load letterhead or preprinted paper The following information depicts the default setting Paper orientation for loading Tray 1
53. button Specify the settings for the watermark and then click the OK button 5 To print the watermark on the first page only select the First page only check box Otherwise the watermark is printed on each page Create a booklet with Windows 1 On the File menu in the software program click Print f dit wiew Inser Save As e Print Ctrl P Page Setup 2 Select the product and then click the Properties or Preferences button Printer Name Properties status ix T Find Printer Type Where Prink to File Comment po E Manual duplex Page range O All Pages Type pa ranges ae From the 4 section For example type 1 3 5 12 or plsl pls2 pls3 pes3 Print what Document Zoom Print All pages in range z Pages per sheet 1 page 7 Scale to paper size No Scaling 152 Chapter 8 Print tasks ENWW 3 Click the Finishing tab Advanced Frinting Shertculs Paper Quality fst Frisina lob Storage Color Services Document Options EE Print on both sides Pages per sheet 1 pags per sheet Prnt page borders Right Ihen Dowr Oriertation Portrait D Landscape l Rolate by 180 degrees Abou Help 4 Select the Print on both sides check box Advanced Frinting Shertculs Paper Quality Effects Finishing Job Storage Color Services Documen
54. cartridge 76 mm Fuser 80 mm Fuser 96 mm Print engine 101 mm Print engine 118 Chapter 7 Manage supplies ENWW Print the Supplies Status page The Supplies Status page indicates the estimated lite remaining in print cartridges It also lists the part number for the correct genuine HP print cartridge for your product so you can order a replacement print cartridge as well as other useful information 1 Open the following menus e Administration e Reports e Configuration Status Pages 2 Select the Supplies Status option and then touch the Print button to print the report ENWW Solve problems with supplies 119 120 Interpret control panel messages for supplies The following table contains important information about supplies status messages Table 7 1 Supplies status messages Control panel message Description Recommended action 10 XX YY Supply memory error Black cartridge low Black cartridge very low Cyan cartridge low Chapter 7 Manage supplies The product cannot read or write to at least one print cartridge memory chip or a memory chip is missing from a print cartridge XX values e 00 Memory chip memory error e 10 Memory chip missing YY values e 00 Black e 0l Cyan e 02 Magenta e 03 Yellow The product indicates when a supply level is low Actual print cartridge life might vary You do not need to replace the print cartridge at this time unless print quality is no l
55. click Printer Windows 7 Click Start and then click Devices and Printers 2 Right click the driver icon and then select Printing Preferences Change the product configuration settings 1 Windows XP Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2008 using the default Start menu view Click Start and then click Printers and Faxes Windows XP Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2008 using the Classic Start menu view Click Start click Settings and then click Printers Windows Vista Click Start click Control Panel and then in the category for Hardware and Sound click Printer Windows 7 Click Start and then click Devices and Printers 2 Right click the driver icon and then select Properties or Printer properties 3 Click the Device Settings tab ENWW Change printer driver settings for Windows 53 Remove software for Windows Windows XP 1 Click Start Control Panel and then Add or Remove Programs 2 Find and select the product from the list 3 Click the Change Remove button to remove the software Windows Vista 1 Click Start Control Panel and then Programs and Features 2 Find and select the product from the list 3 Select the Uninstall Change option Windows 7 1 Click Start Control Panel and then under the Programs heading click Uninstall a program 2 Find and select the product from the list 3 Select the Uninstall option 54 Chapter 3 Software for Windows ENWW Supported utilitie
56. defects in material and workmanship when properly installed and used If HP receives notice of such detects during the warranty period HP will replace software which does not execute its programming instructions due to such defects HP does not warrant that the operation of HP products will be uninterrupted or error free If HP is unable within a reasonable time to repair or replace any product to a condition as warranted you will be entitled to a refund of the purchase price upon prompt return of the product HP products may contain remanufactured parts equivalent to new in performance or may have been subject to incidental use Warranty does not apply to defects resulting from a improper or inadequate maintenance or calibration b software interfacing parts or supplies not supplied by HP c unauthorized modification or misuse d operation outside of the published environmental specifications for the product or e improper site preparation or maintenance TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW THE ABOVE WARRANTIES ARE EXCLUSIVE AND NO OTHER WARRANTY OR CONDITION WHETHER WRITTEN OR ORAL IS EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED AND HP SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY SATISFACTORY QUALITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE Some countries regions states or provinces do not allow limitations on the duration of an implied warranty so the above limitation or exclusion might not apply to you This warranty
57. down select e the Rotate by 180 degrees option Flip pages up Booklet layout il Off Pages per sheet 1 page per sheet Print page borders Page order Right then Down Orientation Portrait Landscape E Rotate by 180 degrees 140 Chapter 8 Print tasks ENWW Set color options with Windows 1 On the File menu in the software program click Print 2 Select the product and then click the Properties or Preferences button 3 Click the Color tab ENWW Print Ctrl P 5 Printer Name Status Type Where Comment Find Printer E Print to File E Manual duplex Page range All section For example type 1 3 5 12 or pisi pls2 pls3 p ss Print what Document Zoom Print All pages in range Pages per sheet 1 page Scale to paper size No Scaling Color Options Automatic F Piirt in Grayscale Color Themes AGB color Default AGB gt Basic print tasks with Windows 141 4 Click the HP EasyColor check box to clear it Advanced Printing Shertculs Paper Quality Effects Finishing Color Seiwices Color Options Automatic Piir in Grayscale F HP EasyCotor Color Themes AGB color Defaut sAGB Abou Help Cancel Apply 5 Inthe Color Options area click the Manual option and then click the Settings Advanced Fina Shao Paner Quaits Effects Finish
58. down on the scanner glass or face up in the document feeder 2 From the Home screen touch the Save to Device Memory button Open From USB it ay Print a job from a USS storage NOTE If prompted type your user name and password A Save to Device Memory JP Y Save the scanned job to this device s memory 196 Chapter 11 Scan and send documents ENWW 3 Select an existing folder or touch the New Folder button to create a new folder wort May 24 2010 9 31 50 AM More Options 4 nypa the name for the file in the File Name text field ob Name woaapaa ooo 7 gt 2 5 To configure sl for the document touch the More Options button Job Folders 3 Welcome A Filename PIN May 24 2010 9 33 05 AM 6 Touch the Start button to save the file May 24 2010 9 33 05 AM More Options Send a scanned document to a USB flash drive The product can scan a file and save it in a folder on a USB flash drive r NOTE You might be required to sign in to the product to use this feature 1 Place the document face down on the scanner glass or face up in the document feeder ENWW Send a scanned document 197 2 From the Home screen touch the Save to USB button NOTE If prompted type your user name and password 3 Select one of the folders in the list or touch the New Folder button to create a new folder on th
59. erst eaeseteterie detache enea enasoeensoeab eanisoqedannamemionowsvenas 349 Power cord statement Japan ss sssnnsssssensesenesstenssennessrenssssrrsssrrsssrrrssrresssrensesrens 349 EMC statement China sectesensencrece ceca cen adacaseteuencctcecterarvastosinedcricisoeysernteneses 350 EMC statement ORCI aroser ereire rane EE EE EEEE EET AE EESE 350 IVT SiMe Tat I ana ees a ss enedsdodessesal ones ccewesy serseeeses 350 Laser statement for Finland cccccccessscccvececcecssceecseveccsceucersusseteeecetescenenecseees 350 Substances Table China cenicianceascuseneeeraiatnadontcsntdtdnendedascinehenaSbnciacanieieancnarcansebnaacuneat 351 Restriction on Hazardous Substances statement Turkey cccccccesesceesueeeceeeueeeees 351 Additional statements for telecom fax products cccccccesseeeeccececeeeeeeececesesseeeseceesesaeeeeeeeeeeaaes 352 EU Statement for Telecom Operation ccccccceeccccce eee eeeceeeeeeeeseeeeseeeeeeesseneeeeeeuaneeees 352 New Zealand Telecom Statement cccccecccessccccnecceesecceescceueceeescseesecseesceeneeeas 352 Additional FCC statement for telecom products US cccccccsseeecceeeeeeeeeeseaeeeeeeaaees 352 Telephone Consumer Protection Act US ccccccccssecccceseeeceeeeeeeeeeesseeeeeeseeeeesaaeeeeeeas 353 Industry Canada CS 03 requirements isan das operates eter serene sere aes 353 Japan Telecomi Mark prrs ross riaren ne E ESEESE N EE EES EE E ENE
60. fax machine using blocked number feature Unexpected or bad response from the internal modem to the product example is trying to send a fax just as another fax is arriving Lost telephone connection or interruption between sender receiver General communications issue where the fax transmission was interrupted or did not proceed as expected Unable to read or write image file to disk could be corrupt product disk or no space on disk Incompatible page width or page had too many bad lines Out of RAM memory on product Corrupted fax the received image file cannot be decoded Corrupted fax the received image file cannot be decoded The fax polling feature attempted to retrieve a fax from another machine but no fax was available Fax failure this includes all non specitic failures A power failure occurred during the fax reception A voice call was made to the fax Action s None None Have fax resent if the error persists contact service Have the sender resend the fax if the sending machine does not automatically retry Have fax resent if the error persists contact service Have fax resent if the error persists contact service Have fax resent if the error persists contact service If error persists may need to add additional RAM memory to product Have fax resent enable ECM Error Correction Mode if not already Have fax resent enable ECM Erro
61. feeds incorrectly or becomes jammed 297 3 298 Remove any jammed sheets that are under the top cover CAUTION Do not touch the foam rollers that are under the top cover Contaminants can affect print quality Close the top cover Chapter 14 Solve problems ENWW Clear jams in the right door A CAUTION The fuser can be hot while the product is in use Wait for the fuser to cool before handling it 1 Open the right door 2 Gently pull the paper out of the pickup area 3 If paper is visible entering the bottom of the fuser gently pull downward to remove it CAUTION Do not touch the rollers on the transfer roller Contaminants can affect print quality ENWW Paper feeds incorrectly or becomes jammed 299 4 300 If paper is jammed as it enters the output bin remove the fuser and gently pull the paper downward to remove it Paper could be jammed inside the fuser where it would not be visible Grasp the fuser handles lift up slightly and then pull straight out to remove the fuser CAUTION The fuser can be hot while the product is in use Wait for the fuser to cool before handling it Open the jam access door If paper is jammed inside the tuser gently pull it straight up to remove it If the paper tears remove all paper fragments CAUTION Even if the body of the fuser has cooled the rollers that are inside could still be hot Do not touch the fuser rollers until they have cooled
62. of the product Face down Top edge toward the back of the product 100 Chapter 6 Paper and print media ENWW Configure trays The product automatically prompts you to configure a tray for type and size in the following situations When you load paper into the tray When you specify a particular tray or paper type for a print job through the printer driver or a software program and the tray is not configured to match the printjob s settings Er NOTE The prompt does not appear if you are printing from Tray 1 and it is configured for the Any Size paper size and the Any Type paper type settings In this situation if the print job does not specify a tray the product prints from Tray 1 even if the paper size and type settings in the print job do not match the paper loaded in Tray 1 Configure a tray when loading paper 1 2 3 4 Load paper in the tray Close the tray if you are using Tray 2 3 4 or 5 The tray configuration message appears Touch the OK button to accept the detected size and type or touch the Modify button to choose a different paper size or type Select the correct size and type and then touch the OK button Configure a tray to match print job settings 1 2 5 In the software program specify the source tray the paper size and the paper type Send the job to the product If the tray needs to be configured the tray configuration message appears Load the tray with the specified t
63. on a USB flash drive e Default file settings for for jobs saved on a USB flash drive Use third party workflow tools Configure settings related to using optional Digital Sending software Fax tab Table 13 6 HP Embedded Web Server Fax tab Menu Description Fax Send Setup ENWW Configure settings for sending faxes including the following e Default settings for outgoing faxes Detault setting for sending faxes with the internal fax modem e Settings for using a LAN fax service e Settings for using an Internet fax service Use the HP Embedded Web Server 269 Table 13 6 HP Embedded Web Server Fax tab continued Menu Description Speed Dials Manage fax speed dial numbers You can also import CSV files containing e mail addresses fax numbers or user records so that they can be accessed on this product You can also export e mail fax or user records from the product into a file on your computer You can then use this file as a data backup or you can use it to import the records onto another HP product Fax Receive Setup Configure default print options for incoming faxes and set up a fax printing schedule Fax Archive and Forwarding Enable or disable fax archiving and fax forwarding and configure basic settings for each e Fax archiving is a method to send a copy of all incoming and outgoing faxes to an e mail address e Fax forwarding is a method to forward incoming faxes to a different fax device
64. or host name by printing a contiguration page a At the product control panel scroll to and touch the Administration button Open the following menus e Reports e Configuration Status Pages e Configuration Page c Touch the View button to view the information on the control panel or touch the Print button to print the pages 76 Chapter 5 Connect the product ENWW d Find the IP address on the Jetdirect page HP Laser jet Enterprise CM4540 Ia color MFP Series ca 5 IPv4 If the IP address is 0 0 0 0 or 192 0 0 192 or 169 254 x x you must manually configure the IP address Otherwise the network configuration was successful IPv 6 If the IP address begins with fe80 the product should be able to print If not you must manually contigure the IP address Install the software 1 Quit all programs on the computer 2 Install the software from the CD 3 Follow the onscreen instructions 4 When prompted select the Connect through a wired network option 5 From the list of available printers select the printer that has the correct IP address 6 At the end of the installation click the Finish button or click the More Options button to install more software or configure basic digital sending features for the product e Install the HP PC Send Fax driver to enable sending faxes from your computer Fax models only e Use the HP Scan to Email Setup Wizard to contigure basic E mail settings e Use the
65. panel this feature must be set up by using the Initial Setup menu 16 Chapter 2 Control panel menus ENWW ENWW Table 2 1 Menus on the Home screen continued Menu Save to Device Memory Open from Device Memory Quick Sets Job Status Trays Supplies Administration Device Maintenance Description Use this menu to scan documents and save them to the hard disk in the product Several options are available for customizing jobs These settings are temporary After you have finished the job the product returns to the default settings Use this menu to open and print a document stored on the product hard drive Use this menu to access preset job options for jobs that you scan and send by fax or e mail or jobs that you scan and save to a USB flash drive the product hard disk or to a folder on the network Set up Quick Sets by using the HP Embedded Web Server or HP Web Jetadmin Use this menu to see the status of all active jobs Use this menu to see the current status of each tray You can also use this menu to configure the paper size and type settings for each tray Use this menu to see the current status of product supplies such as print cartridges Information about ordering new supplies is also available Use this menu to print reports and configure default settings for the product The Administration menu has several sub menus See the sections that follow for details about these menus Use this menu to
66. product NOTE You might need to remove the cover from the USB port 2 The Open from USB screen opens Select a folder from the list on the left side of the screen GP Documents fa Select a file or folder from the list at the left 3 Select the name of the document that you want Wa G Coen ron use cies 1 6 CO rR Parton Documente E Welcome pdi fa Selecta file or folder from the list at the left 164 Chapter 8 Print tasks ENWW 4 Ifyou need to adjust the number of copies touch the mie field and then use the keypad to select the number of copies Partoo gt Documents 5 Touch the Start button to print the document Partoo gt Documents Es Welcome pdf i T Select a file or folder from the tst at the left ENWW Walk up USB printing 165 166 Chapter 8 Print tasks ENWW 9 Color e Adjust color e Match colors ENWW 167 Adjust color Manage color by changing the settings on the Color tab in the printer driver Change the color theme for a print job 1 168 On the File menu in the sottware program click Print Click Properties or Preferences Click the Color tab Select a color theme from the Color Themes drop down list e Default sRGB This theme sets the product to print RGB data in raw device mode When using this theme manage color in the software program or in the operating system for correct rendering e Vivid The product
67. queue and restart the print job Another product with the same or similar name might have received your print job Print a configuration page to check the product name Verify that the name on the configuration page matches the product name in the Print amp Fax list When connected with a USB cable the product does not appear in the Print amp Fax list after the driver is selected Software troubleshooting A Make sure that your Mac operating system is Mac OS X 10 5 or later Hardware troubleshooting Is 2 3 4 Make sure that the product is turned on Make sure that the USB cable is connected correctly Make sure that you are using the appropriate high speed USB cable Make sure that you do not have too many USB devices drawing power from the chain Disconnect all of the devices from the chain and connect the cable directly to the USB port on the computer Check to see if more than two non powered USB hubs are connected in a row on the chain Disconnect all of the devices from the chain and then connect the cable directly to the USB port on the computer E NOTE The iMac keyboard is a non powered USB hub You are using a generic printer driver when using a USB connection If you connected the USB cable before you installed the software you might be using a generic printer driver instead of the driver for this product 1 2 Delete the generic printer driver Reinstall the software from the product CD Do not con
68. recovery This product provides a jam recovery feature that reprints jammed pages 1 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the ee oe Administration button Administration cas Set up and configure device options E 72a for this unit 2 Open the General Settings menu and then open the Jam Recovery menu 3 Select one of the following options e Auto The product attempts to reprint jammed pages when sufficient memory is available This is the default setting e Off The product does not attempt to reprint jammed pages Because no memory is used to store the most recent pages performance is optimal NOTE When using this option if the product runs out of paper and the job is being printed on both sides some pages can be lost e On The product always reprints jammed pages Additional memory is allocated to store the last few pages printed This might cause overall performance to suffer 306 Chapter 14 Solve problems ENWW Improve print quality You can prevent most print quality problems by following these guidelines e Use the correct paper type setting in the printer driver e Use paper that meets HP specifications for this product e Clean the product as necessary e Replace print cartridges when they are reaching the end of their estimated life and print quality is no longer acceptable e Use the printer driver that best meets your printing needs Select a paper type
69. screen touch the Device Maintenance button Open the following menus e Calibration Cleaning e Cleaning Page Touch the Print button to print the page The cleaning process can take several minutes When it is finished discard the printed page Calibrate the product Calibration is a product function that optimizes print quality If you experience any image quality problems calibrate the product l 2 3 From the Home screen touch the Device Maintenance button Open the following menus e Calibration Cleaning e Full Calibration Wait while the product calibrates and then try printing again Set the image registration 308 If you are having problems with text aligning on the page use the Set Registration menu to set the image registration l 2 From the Home screen touch the Administration button Open the following menus General Settings b Print Quality c Image Registration d Adjust Tray lt X gt Chapter 14 Solve problems ENWW 3 Touch the Print Test Page setting and then touch the OK button 4 Follow the instructions on the test page to complete the adjustment Internal print quality test pages Use the built in print quality troubleshooting pages to help diagnose and solve print quality problems 1 From the Home screen touch the Administration button 2 Open the following menus e Troubleshooting e Print Quality Pages e PQ Troubleshooting Pages 3 Touch the Print button Follow th
70. setting Table 2 3 General Settings menu First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Date Time Settings Date Time Format Date Format DD MMM YYYY MMM DD YYYY YYYY MMM DD Time Format 12 hour AM PM 24 hours Date Time Date Select the date from a pop up calendar Time Select the time from a pop up keypad Time Zone Select the time zone from a list Adjust for Daylight Checkbox Savings Energy Settings Sleep Schedule A list of scheduled events displays Add Edit Edit Delete Event Type Wake Up Sleep Event Time ENWW Administration menu 19 Table 2 3 General Settings menu continued First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Event Days Select days of the week from a list Sleep Delay Enter a value between 1 and 120 minutes The default value is 45 minutes Optimum Speed Energy Faster First Page Save Energy Save More Energy Save Most Energy Print Quality Adjust Color Highlights Cyan Density Magenta Density Yellow Density Black Density 5 to 5 5 to 5 Cyan Density Usage Midtones Shadows Magenta Density Yellow Density Black Density 5 to 5 Cyan Density Magenta Density Yellow Density Black Density Print Test Page Image Registration Adjust Tray lt X gt X1 Shift Y1 Shift X2 Shift Y2 Shift 5 00 mm to 5 00 mm Auto Sense Behavior Tray 1 Sensing Tray X Sensing Full sensing Expanded sensing Transparency Only
71. the following menus e General Settings e Restore Factory Settings 3 Select one or more categories of settings from the list and then touch the Reset button ENWW Restore factory settings 287 Interpret control panel messages Control panel message types Four types of control panel messages can indicate the status of or problems with the product Message type Description Status messages Status messages reflect the current state of the product They inform you of normal product operation and require no interaction to clear them They change as the state of the product changes Whenever the product is ready not busy and has no pending warning messages the Ready status message appears if the product is online Warning messages Warning messages inform you of data and print errors These messages typically alternate with the Ready or status messages and remain until you touch the OK button Some warning messages are clearable If the Clearable Warnings menu in the Display Settings menu is set to the Job option the next print job clears these messages Error messages Error messages communicate that some action must be performed such as adding paper or clearing a jam Some error messages are auto continuable If the Continuable Events menu in theDisplay Settings menu is set to the Auto Continue option the product continues normal operation after an auto continuable error message appears for 10 seconds NOTE Pressing any butt
72. the product IP address into the address line of a Web browser Click the Security tab 2 3 Open the General Security menu 4 Inthe Username field type the name to associate with the password 5 Type the password in the New Password box and type it again in the Verify password box NOTE If you are changing an existing password you must first type the existing password in the Old Password field 6 Click the Apply button Make note of the password and store it in a safe place Encryption support HP Encrypted High Performance Hard Disks ENWW This product includes an encrypted hard disk This hard disk provides hardware based encryption so you can securely store sensitive print copy and scan data without impacting product performance This hard disk uses the latest Advanced Encryption Standard AES and has versatile time saving features and robust functionality Use the Security menu in the HP Embedded Web Server to configure the disk Product security features 273 For more information about the encrypted hard disk see the HP High Performance Secure Hard Disk Setup Guide 1 2 3 4 Go to www hp com support Type Secure Hard Disk into the search box and click the gt gt button Click the HP Secure High Performance Hard Disk Drive link Click the Manuals link Secure stored jobs You can protect jobs that are stored on the product by assigning a PIN to them Anyone who tries to print these protecte
73. then click the Print amp Fax icon 2 Select the product in the lett side of the window 3 Click the Options amp Supplies button 4 Click the Driver tab 5 Configure the installed options NOTE For Mac OS X 10 5 and 10 6 the installation procedure should automatically configure the installed options Print a page from any program to make sure that the software is correctly installed Remove software from Mac operating systems You must have administrator rights to remove the software l 2 3 4 ENWW Open System Preferences Select Print amp Fax Highlight the product Click the minus symbol Software for Mac 6 5 Delete the print queue if necessary 6 Delete the GZ tile from the following hard drive folder e Mac OS X 10 4 Library Printers PPDs Contents Resources lt lang gt lproj where lt lang gt is the two letter language code for the language that you are using e Mac OS X 10 5 and 10 6 Library Printers PPDs Contents Resources 62 Chapter 4 Use the product with Mac ENWW Priority for print settings for Mac Changes to print settings are prioritized depending on where the changes are made r NOTE The names of commands and dialog boxes might vary depending on your software program Page Setup dialog box Click Page Setup or a similar command on the File menu of the program you are working in to open this dialog box Settings changed here might override settings changed anyw
74. they will be SWOP EURO or DIC To get optimal color matching to the process sample book select the corresponding ink emulation from the product menu If you cannot identify the process standard use SWOP ink emulation 172 Chapter 9 Color ENWW Print color samples To use the color samples select the color sample that is the closest match to the desired color Use the sample s color value in your software program to describe the object you wish to match Colors may vary depending on paper type and the software program used For more details on how to use the color samples go to www hp com support clicm4540mtp Use the following procedure to print color samples at the product using the control panel 1 From the Home screen open the following menus a Administration b Reports c Other Pages 2 Select either the Color Samples for RGB or the CMYK Values option and touch the OK button PANTONE color matching PANTONE has multiple color matching systems PANTONE MATCHING SYSTEM is very popular and uses solid inks to generate a wide range of color hues and tints See www hp com go clicm4540mtp_ software for details on how to use PANTONE Colors with this product EY NOTE PANTONE Colors generated might not match PANTONE identitied standards Consult current PANTONE Publications for accurate color ENWW Match colors 173 174 Chapter 9 Color ENWW 10 Copy e Use copy functions e Copy settings e Copy a book e Copy
75. to paper size No Scaling ENWW Additional print tasks with Windows 143 144 3 4 5 Click the Paper Quality tab From the Paper type drop down list click the More option Expand the list of Type is options Chapter 8 Print tasks Fitina Shacu Papera ects TETEE ea ee Paper Optons Paper sizes 6 5 x 14 inches Lega v Aomaticaly Select 7 Paper source Paper type Unspecified Special pages Covers Print pages on different paper Insert blank or prepiirted sheets Chapter separo pages Settings Print Quaity ImageREt 3600 Zz Gloss Levet Defaut X Aboul Help Printing Shertculs Paper Options Paper sizes Lega Attomaticaly Select X Paper source Paper type Urepecitied z Print pages on different paper Insert blank or preplirted sheets Chapter seperato pager Print Quality ImageREt 3600 Gloss Levet Defaut Abou Help ES Type is kt Everyday lt 96g E Presentation 96 1309 E Brochure 131 1759 E Photo Cover 176 2209 E Other Cancel ENWW 6 Expand the list of Other options i Everyday 98g E Presentation 96 1309 m Brochure 131 1759 G PhotntCover 176 2209 E Other H Color Laser Transparency Labels Letterhead _ Envelope l Preprinted Prepunched ba Colored Ha Duni mh yi Cancel 7 Sele
76. to pirk 0000 3999 Job Notification Options v Display Job ID when printing CA inveat Paper Quality Effects Finishing Job Storage Color_ Services Your job willbe sored on the printer and rothing will be peirked urtil you request Ihe job from the printer s control panel Once the jab is printed t will be automatically removed from the printer s job siorage For Private prin jobs User Name Username Custom Job Name Automatic Custom Avtomatic IF job name exists Use Job Name 1 99 Abou Hep Use the following procedure to print a job that is stored in the product memory From the Home screen touch the Open from Device Memory button Chapter 8 Print tasks Color LaserJtal CM4510 Save to Network Folder ENWW 2 Select the name of the folder where the job is stored 3 Select the name of the job adjust the number of copies and then touch the Start button to print the job 4 If the job is locked type the PIN in the PIN field adjust the number of copies and then touch the Start button to print the job Delete a stored job Open From Device Memory a Select a job folder from the list at the lef nE Public Then select a stored job to view information about that job Job Name Welcome User Name Guest Type Copy Job Total Pages Copies 1 Application Scan Job w Original Size Letter
77. using a draft or EconoMode print setting the printing might appear light If you determine that you need to replace a print cartridge print the supplies status page to find the part number for the correct genuine HP print cartridge Type of print cartridge Steps to resolve the problem Refilled or remanufactured print Hewlett Packard Company cannot recommend the use of non HP supplies either cartridge new or remanufactured Because they are not HP products HP cannot influence their design or control their quality If you are using a refilled or remanufactured print cartridge and are not satisfied with the print quality replace the cartridge with a genuine HP cartridge that has the words HP or Hewlett Packard on it or has the HP logo on it Genuine HP print cartridge 1 The product control panel or the supplies status page indicates Very Low status when the cartridge has reached the end of its designated life Replace the print cartridge if print quality is no longer acceptable 2 Visually inspect the print cartridge for damage See the instructions that follow Replace the print cartridge if necessary 3 If printed pages have marks that repeat several times at the same distance apart print a cleaning page If this does not solve the problem use the repeating defects information in this document to identify the cause of the problem 116 Chapter 7 Manage supplies ENWW Inspect the print cartridge for damage 1 Remo
78. with the new transfer kit To continue printing either replace the transfer kit or reconfigure the product to continue printing by using the Manage Supplies menu on the control panel If print quality is no longer acceptable replace the print cartridge If you believe you purchased a genuine HP supply go to www hp com go anticounterfeit Table 7 1 Supplies status messages continued Control panel message Wrong cartridge in lt color gt slot Yellow cartridge low Yellow cartridge very low ENWW Description The indicated slot for a print cartridge contains a cartridge that is not the correct color From left to right the print cartridges should be installed in this order e Yellow e Magenta e Cyan e Black The product indicates when a supply level is low Actual print cartridge life might vary You do not need to replace the print cartridge at this time unless print quality is no longer acceptable The product indicates when a supply level is very low Actual print cartridge life might vary Consider having a replacement print cartridge available to install when print quality is no longer acceptable You do not need to replace the print cartridge at this time unless print quality is no longer acceptable After an HP supply has reached the very low threshold the HP premium protection warranty for that supply has ended Recommended action Remove the print cartridge from that slot
79. 0 Copy ENWW Create a stored copy job Use this procedure to scan a document and save it on the product so you can print copies at any time 1 Place the document face down on the scanner glass or face up in the document feeder 2 From the Home screen touch the Save to Device Memory button E NOTE If prompted type your user name and password 3 Select an existing folder or touch the New Folder button to create a new folder 4 Type the name for the file in the File Name text field and select the file type from the File Type drop down list 5 To configure settings for the document touch the More Options button 6 Touch the Start button to save the file ENWW Create a stored copy job 187 Copy mixed size originals You can copy original documents that are printed on different sizes of paper as long as the sheets of paper have one common dimension For example you could combine Letter and Legal sizes 1 Arrange the sheets in the original document so they all have the same width 2 Place the sheets face up into the document feeder and adjust both paper guides against the document Gy 3 On the control panel touch the Copy button 4 Touch the Original Size button EY NOTE It this option is not on the first screen touch the More Options button until the option displays 5 Select the Mixed Letter Lega l button and then touch the OK button 6 Touch the Start button 188 Chapter 10 Copy ENWW
80. 03 4 To configure the bin for copy jobs open these menus and then select a bin from the list of options e Administration e Copy Settings e Output Bin 5 To configure the bin for printing incoming faxes open these menus e Administration e Fax Settings e Fax Receive Settings e Default Job Options e Output Bin Select a bin from the list of options EY NOTE All stapled jobs always go to the lower bin NOTE For print jobs select the output bin in the printer driver 104 Chapter 6 Paper and print media ENWW 7 Manage supplies e Print cartridge information e Supplies views e Manage print cartridges e Replacement instructions e Solve problems with supplies ENWW 105 Print cartridge information Feature Description Part numbers Standard capacity black print cartridge CE260A e High capacity black print cartridge CE264X e Cyan print cartridge CFO31A e Yellow print cartridge CFO32A e Magenta print cartridge CFO33A The print cartridges can be installed and removed by using one hand Accessibility Environmental e Recycle print cartridges by using the HP Planet Partners return and recycling program features For more information about supplies go to www hp com go learnaboutsupplies 106 Chapter 7 Manage supplies ENWW Supplies views Print cartridge views I J Q 2 1 Plastic shield 2 Imaging drum 3 Print cartridge memory tag ENWW Supplies views 10
81. 1 storing temporarily Windows 160 storing temporary copies Windows 160 jobs stored creating Windows 157 deleting 159 printing 158 receiving notification when printed Windows 161 setting user names Windows 161 specifying names Windows 161 K keys control panel touchscreen 14 Korean EMC statement 350 L labels printing Windows 145 LAN fax 206 landscape orientation selecting Windows 139 laser safety statements 349 350 Last Fax Call Report description 264 last page printing on different paper Windows 148 LDAP servers connect to 199 letterhead printing Windows 143 license software 332 Linux software 56 loading Tray 1 90 Tray 2 92 93 Tray 3 4 and5 92 93 loading paper 90 locked fax printing 247 log report activity log 259 activity log clearing 260 billing code report 260 blocked fax list report 260 fax call report 260 speed dial list report 260 lower right door jams 305 M Mac changing paper types and sizes 66 driver settings 63 66 problems troubleshooting 319 removing software 61 software 64 supported operating systems 58 Macintosh HP Printer Utility 64 resize documents 67 support 336 Macintosh driver settings custom size paper 6 7 Job Storage 69 watermarks 67 ENWW maintenance kits partnumbers 323 Manage Supplies menu control panel 37 Manage Trays menu control panel 38 managing network 78 maps printing 163 marketing materials printing 162 material restric
82. 2 0 connection Use an A to B type USB cable HP recommends using a cable that is no longer than 2 m 6 5 ft A CAUTION Do not connect the USB cable until the installation software prompts you to connect it CD installation 1 Quit all open programs on the computer 2 Install the software from the CD and follow the onscreen instructions 3 When prompted select the Directly connect to this computer using USB cable option and then click the Next button 4 When the software prompts you connect the USB cable to the product and the computer 5 At the end of the installation click the Finish button or click the More Options button to install more sottware 6 On the More Options screen you can install more software or click the Exit button 7 Print a page from any program to make sure that the software is correctly installed EY NOTE Ifthe installation failed reinstall the software Connect to a network You can configure network parameters from the control panel the HP Embedded Web Server or for most networks from the HP Web Jetadmin software E NOTE HP Web Jetadmin software is not supported on Mac OS X operating systems ENWW Connect with USB 73 For a complete list of supported networks and for instructions on contiguring network parameters from software see the HP Jetdirect Embedded Print Server Administrator s Guide The guide comes with products in which an HP Jetdirect embedded print server is inst
83. 3A CC487A Part number CC493 67903 CC456 60002 CC493 67907 CC493 67906 CE871 69001 CC419 67902 CC419 67904 CC419 67903 CC493 67908 PF2309K131NI PF2309K132NI PF2309K133NI PF2309P322NI RM 1 5928 000CN RL1 2099 000CN ENWW Part numbers 325 326 Appendix A Product supplies and accessories ENWW B Service and support ENWW Hewlett Packard limited warranty statement HP s Premium Protection Warranty LaserJet print cartridge limited warranty statement Color LaserJet Fuser Kit Transfer Kit and Roller Kit Limited Warranty Statement Data stored on the print cartridge End User License Agreement OpenSSL Customer self repair warranty service Customer support 327 Hewlett Packard limited warranty statement HP PRODUCT DURATION OF LIMITED WARRANTY HP Color LaserJet CM4540 CM4540f CM4540fskm One year on site warranty HP warrants to you the end user customer that HP hardware and accessories will be free from defects in materials and workmanship after the date of purchase for the period specified above If HP receives notice of such defects during the warranty period HP will at its option either repair or replace products which prove to be defective Replacement products may be either new or equivalent in performance to new HP warrants to you that HP software will not fail to execute its programming instructions after the date of purchase for the period specitied above due to
84. 4 stopping a print request Windows 128 316 145 338 338 155 Index storage job Macintosh settings 64 69 modes available 157 setting options Windows stored jobs 159 creating Windows 157 creating from a copy 187 deleting 159 printing 158 receiving notification when printed Windows 161 security 274 setting user names Windows 161 specifying names Windows 161 storing print cartridges storing jobs permanent copies Windows 160 permanent private copies Windows 161 proof and hold Windows 159 setting options Windows 159 temporary copies Windows 160 temporary personal jobs 109 Windows 160 with Windows 157 subnet mask 79 supplies counterfeit 109 memory errors 120 non HP 109 ordering 322 part numbers 323 recycling 109 341 status viewing with HP Utility 64 supplies status page description 264 printing 119 support online 336 supported paper 85 system requirements HP Embedded Web Server 266 T T 30 Trace report 261 Taiwan EMI statement TCP IP manually configuring IPv4 parameters 9 manually configuring IPv6 parameters 80 technical support online 336 temperature requirements tips ili tone dialing setting 213 toner cartridges See print cartridges toner collection unit replacing 112 top cover jams 297 tough paper transparencies automatic sensing printing Windows trapping 170 Tray automatic paper sensing capacity 96 jams 302 Tray 2 capacity 96
85. 7 Manage print cartridges Correctly using storing and monitoring the print cartridge can help ensure high quality print output Settings for print cartridges Print when a print cartridge is at estimated end of life e A lt Color gt lt Supply gt Low message where lt Color gt is the color of the supply and lt Supply gt is the type of supply appears when a supply is nearing the estimated end of its useful life e A lt Color gt lt Supply gt Very Low message appears when a supply is at its estimated end of useful life Print quality problems can occur when using a supply that is at its estimated end of life Enable or disable the Very Low Settings options from the control panel You can enable or disable the detault settings at any time and you do not have to re enable them when you install a new cartridge 1 From the Home screen on the control panel touch the Administration button 2 Open the following menus e Manage Supplies e Supply Settings e Black Cartridge or Color Cartridges e Very Low Settings 3 Select one of the following options e Select the Continue option to set the product to alert you that the cartridge is very low but to continue printing E NOTE Using the Continue setting allows printing beyond Very Low without customer interaction and can result in unsatisfactory print quality e Select the Stop option to set the product to stop printing including printing faxes until you replace the ca
86. 7 Print multiple pages on one sheet of paper with Mac cccccecessseseeeeeeeeeeesesseeeeeeeeeeeaas 68 Print on both sides duplex with Mac cccccccseccccesecceeeeeeeeeseeeeesueeeeseeseeeeeseeeeeeaeeeees 68 SIONS OOS WA E E EA EN A E E A we sencems 69 Set the color options With Mac ccccccseccccceseeecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeueeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeas 69 SYol Vom prone mS Wia MAE soare E E AES 70 S Conner Vine GEE rE edad sapescisounestissesterrivenneuines 71 Paer SMe MG OSCar E E E E TAE O A OEE O EE ETO EO 72 Ea a LE i E I E NE E A AE E 73 SD STC O per nc E E E E E E E 73 Camedia IN SIO ariere e Ra EA AERE T EAE E E EE E 73 Supported network protocols acs evucensduedsiencsuretewadsstieiacnlndsciulcbardasencdsnctienelindendMeemeneveleees 74 Install the product on a wired network sssnssssnssssnssssssessssrssressrrrssresssrrsseresssresserns 75 Contigure the IP address sesccsetctadieacteciondmsrseoaiicenbuamredeanlercnaieaaatncaulesteteagecenens 75 Install the Sofware eee en eee aa en ee 77 Configure ET WORSE TUNG Secs acnasecunossaeccnnescneratesaecenseacodeetnecucneecoscacnananeeweaceoection senars 78 View or change network settings cccsecccccceeeseeseceeeeseeeeceeeeseeeeeeeeeesaeseeess 78 Set or change the network password secccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeseeeesenaanes 78 Manually configure IPv4 TCP IP parameters from the control panel 79 Manually configure IPv TCP I
87. 8 27 x 11 69 in RA4 w we w w 215 x 305 mm 8 46 x 12 01 in A5 w w we w 148 x 210 mm 5 83 x 8 27 in A6 w 105 x 148 mm 4 13 x 5 82 in ENWW Supported paper sizes 85 Table 6 1 Supported paper and print media sizes continued Size and dimensions Tray 1 Tray 2 Optional Trays 3 4 and 5 Automatic duplex printing B5 JIS 182 x 257 mm 7 17 x 10 12 in B JIS 128 x 182 mm 5 03 x 7 16 in 16K 195 x 270 mm 7 67 x 10 62 in 184 x 260 mm 7 24 x 10 23 in 197 x 273 mm 7 75 x 10 74 in Postcard JIS 100 x 148 mm 3 93 x 5 82 in DPostcard JIS 148 x 200 mm 5 82 x 7 87 in Custom 89 x 127 mm to 216 x 356 mm 3 5 x 5 in to 8 5 x 14 in Custom 148 x 210 mm to 216 x 356 mm 5 83 x 8 27 in to 8 5 x 14 in Envelope 9 98 x 225 mm 3 85 x 8 85 in Envelope 10 105 x 241 mm 4 13 x 9 48 in Envelope Monarch 98 x 191 mm 3 9 x 7 5 in Envelope B5 176 x 250 mm 6 92 x 9 84 in Envelope C5 162 x 229 mm 6 37 x 9 01 in Envelope C6 162 x 114 mm 6 37 x 4 48 in 86 Chapter 6 Paper and print media Ww Ww Ww Table 6 1 Supported paper and print media sizes continued Size and dimensions Tray 1 Tray 2 Optional Trays Automatic 3 4 and 5 duplex printing Envelope DL ISO w 110 x 220 mm 4 33 x 8 66 in 1 The product can print on 89 x 127 mm 3 5 x 5 in size paper from Tray 1 for Extra Heavy 131 175 g m and Cardstock 176 220 g m paper types ENWW Supported pa
88. Adaptive halftoning is on Maximum is the most aggressive trapping setting Adaptive halftoning is on Smooth provides better results for large solid filled print areas and enhances photographs by smoothing color gradations Select this option when uniform and smooth area fills are important Detail is useful for text and graphics that require sharp distinctions among lines or colors or images that contain a pattern or a high level of detail Select this option when sharp edges and small details are important Black Only generates neutral colors grays and black by using only black toner This guarantees neutral colors without a color cast This setting is best for documents and grayscale viewgraphs 4 Color generates neutral colors grays and black by combining all four toner colors This method produces smoother gradients and transitions to other colors and it produces the darkest black Chapter 9 Color ENWW Use the HP EasyColor option If you are using the HP PCL 6 printer driver for Windows the HP EasyColor technology automatically improves mixed content documents that are printed from Microsoft Office programs This technology scans documents and automatically adjusts photographic images in JPEG or PNG format HP EasyColor technology enhances the entire image at one time rather than dividing it into several pieces which results in improved color consistency sharper details and faster printing If you are using t
89. E S ENTE ES 354 UR i E tiene dah anes A EEE E E A A E AEA 355 ENWW xvii xviii ENWW 1 Product basics e Product comparison e Environmental features e Accessibility features e Product views ENWW Product comparison e Prints up to 42 pages per minute ppm on e Automatic two sided printing Letter size paper and up to 40 ppm on A4 size paper e 500 sheet face down output bin e Scans in grayscale up to 36 5 images per e Hi speed USB 2 0 port minute ipm for Letter size pages and up to l l 35 pm tora sie cpa e HP Jetdirect embedded print server for CM4540 MFP connecting to a 10 100 1000Base TX e Scans in color up to 21 images per minute network CC419A ipm for Letter size pages and up to 20 ipm for A4 size pages e USB port on the control panel for walk up printing and scanning e Digital sending features including sending l to e mail network folders and a USB flash Color touchscreen display arive e Hinged control panel to adjust the viewing e 100 sheet multipurpose input tray Tray 1 angle e 1280 megabytes MB of random access e 500 sheet input tray Tray 2 RAM memory e 50 sheet document feeder for copying and scanning HP Encrypted High Performance Hard Disk e Faibedscannerthotholdspagesupie e Hardware integration pocket on the control Legal size panel for adding solutions e Color access control This model has the same features as the CM4540 MFP model with th
90. ENWW 3 Click the Output tab Peper vaiy Effects Finish ou i Output Options Staple Output Bin Options Bin Automatically Select Z ETE 4 Inthe Output Bin Options area select a bin from the Bin drop down list Output Options Staple Output Bin Options Bin Automatically Select Upper Left Bin Middle Left Bin Lower Left Bin ss Select staple options with Windows 1 On the File menu in the software program click Print sj Print Ctrl P ENWW Additional print tasks with Windows 155 2 Select the product and then click the Properties or Preferences button 3 Click the Output tab 4 Inthe Output Options area select an option trom the Staple drop down list 156 Chapter 8 Print tasks Printer Status Find Printer Type Where Print to File Comment Manual duplex Page range Al Current Pages section For example type 1 3 5 12 or plsi pis pls3 pess Print what Document x Zoom Print al pages in range Pages per sheet 1 page Scale to paper size No Scaling Papo uaiy Effects Finish uva I Output Options Staple Output Bin Options Bin Automatically Select Z C Advanced Printing Shortcuts Paper Qualiy Effects Finishing Output Job Storage Color_ Services Output Options Staple One Staple Left Angled Output Bin Options
91. ERMITTED DO NOT EXCLUDE RESTRICT OR MODIFY AND ARE IN ADDITION TO THE MANDATORY STATUTORY RIGHTS APPLICABLE TO THE SALE OF THIS PRODUCT TO YOU Appendix B Service and support ENWW Data stored on the print cartridge The HP print cartridges used with this product contain a memory chip that assists in the operation of the product In addition this memory chip collects a limited set of information about the usage of the product which might include the following the date when the print cartridge was first installed the date when the print cartridge was last used the number of pages printed using the print cartridge the page coverage the printing modes used any printing errors that might have occurred and the product model This information helps HP design future products to meet our customers printing needs The data collected from the print cartridge memory chip does not contain information that can be used to identify a customer or user of the print cartridge or their product HP collects a sampling of the memory chips from print cartridges returned to HP s free return and recycling program HP Planet Partners www hp com recycle The memory chips from this sampling are read and studied in order to improve future HP products HP partners who assist in recycling this print cartridge might have access to this data as well Any third party possessing the print cartridge might have access to the anonymous information on the memory chip
92. K button The speed dial list on the main fax screen shows the selected entry within the list of numbers Touch a speed dial number to add it to the recipients list Select or search for additional names as needed Send a fax by using fax address book numbers The fax address book feature allows you to store fax numbers on the product Your Microsoft Exchange contact list may also be enabled on the product to appear in the fax address book 1 On the control panel touch the Fax icon to display the Fax screen 2 Touch the Address Book icon to display the Address Book screen 3 Select a fax address book source from the drop down menu 4 Touch the names to highlight and then touch the right arrow icon to move the highlighted names to the Fax Recipients section ENWW Use Fax 239 5 6 Touch the OK button to return to the Fax screen Touch the Start button to send the fax You can either touch the Start button on the touch screen or press the green Start button on the control panel Fax address book search Use the fax address book search feature to complete a name search of the address book 1 2 3 6 7 Touch the Fax icon on the Home screen Touch the fax address book icon located to the right of the fax recipients box Select the Al Contacts or Local Contacts choice in the drop down menu at the top of the fax address book screen Touch the Search icon magnifying glass next to the drop down menu
93. OTE Ifthe installation failed reinstall the software Install software for Mac computers on a wired network Configure the IP address 1 2 ENWW Make sure the product is turned on and that the Ready message appears on the control panel display Connect the network cable to the product and to the network Wait for 60 seconds before continuing During this time the network recognizes the product and assigns an IP address or host name for the product At the product control panel touch the Network Address button to identify the product IP address or host name Software for Mac 59 If the Network Address button is not visible you can find the IP address or host name by printing a configuration page a At the product control panel scroll to and touch the Administration button b Open the following menus e Reports e Configuration Status Pages e Configuration Page c Touch the View button to view the information on the control panel or touch the Print button to print the pages d Find the IP address on the Jetdirect page HP Laser jet Enterprise CM4540 mn color MFP Series ca 5 IPv4 If the IP address is 0 0 0 0 or 192 0 0 192 or 169 254 x x you must manually configure the IP address Otherwise the network configuration was successful IPv 6 If the IP address begins with fe80 the product should be able to print If not you must manually contigure the IP address Install the software
94. P Embedded Web Server 269 Fax Settings menu control panel 29 FCC regulations 340 features 2 features description 206 feeding problems 251 File Directory Page description 264 File Upload Macintosh 64 Finnish laser safety statement 350 firmware Update Mac 64 firmware upgrades 262 firmware downloading new 282 first page printing on different paper Windows 148 use different paper 67 fitto page 231 folders sending to 195 fonts Upload Macintosh 64 formatter security 274 forms printing Windows 143 fraud hotline 109 fuser jams 299 G gateway setting default 79 gateways configure 199 general configuration HP Embedded Web Server 267 General Settings menu control panel 19 gloss level selecting Windows 135 glossy paper supported 162 graphics business printing 162 graphics low quality 236 grayscale copy jobs 178 printing Windows 143 group dial See speed dial H hard disks encrypted 273 help printing options Windows 130 Help button control panel touchscreen 14 help control panel 11 Home button control panel touchscreen 14 Home screen control panel 12 HP Customer Care 336 HP Easy Color disabling 171 using 171 HP Embedded Web Server copy settings 268 digital send settings 268 fax settings 269 general configuration 267 information pages 267 network settings 271 other links list 271 print settings 268 scan settings 268 security settings 2 0 troubleshooting tools 270 HP
95. P parameters from the control panel 80 6 Papar and print NRG ty casinos oe nner tec ents cone eae ese eee 81 Understand paper use c25accd es raeniasaeiaeesaassseduyseiasiaserereieninsetbnivsedenewdiaestabeownnsanenanendnidesriereieseandect 82 Pacal paper gideli eee ee oe ere re eee 82 Change the printer driver to match the paper type and size in Windows 00cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeenaees 84 Supported paper sizes gst recast cems etna deers ren he sanetee de ennbenen areesonen waeesaieeaaentobsnniarnteichectorberenieeuten 85 Se ee g erolgl oe o 1 e EE ne nee re rN E ea ee ee 88 load paper ch meet ena ane areata an EA E ee eee eee een eee 90 load Troy speeds tree torenen EA E stea apenas oonaenie seen cues E nent dna ee EE qn seee neta rectors 90 Load Tray 2 and optional Trays 3 4 and 5 with standard size paper cecceeeeeeeees 92 Load Tray 2 and optional Trays 3 4 and 5 with custom size paper csecceeeeeeeeees 93 Tray andi OCS acres ses sarestetnactinswastenboacecdnnerte cesnestrtnna deere E EAE E E 96 ENWW vii Paper orientation for loading trays ccccccccessseeecceeeeeesseeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeeeeeeeeessaeeeeeeeeeegaas 98 Paper orientation for loading Tray 1 cccsseeeeccececceeeeseseeeeceeeeeeeesseneeeeeeees 98 Paper orientation for loading Tray 2 or Trays 3 4 ANd 5 oo eeeeeeccceeseseeeees 100 COA y a ee ee ae E E AEA ee E eee ee eee 101 Configure a tray when loading paper
96. Priority for print setings tor MOC gsescaa ncnetdoatneuentataaeene tte nosenane EE AEEA 63 Change printer driver settings for Mac ccccccccceeeseeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeesseeeeeeeeeeeaaaaanees 63 Software for Mac computers cccceeeecccccece eee eeeeceees eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeaneeeeeeeeaaas 64 PUTO AE et tetany oo ene or ne nT E Yor 64 Open the HP Printer Utility cccccccceeccccccsseeeceeeeeeeceesaeeeeeeenees 64 HP Utility features 2 cosadonnchicheseeweaoneeenaniderehaveroetedatiemenneontianrcneres 64 vi ENWW Supported utilities for Mac 4 c0cessaceorsacnsennaacesicensuasarecuimai2a cum sesexeouadeuenttadenunedtesieeanes 65 HP Embedded Web Bs 1 g gene ne ee eee on ere ne ene ee eres eee ee 65 PRAT IN i e scent vortouseie E Siac T A E E A A A A T 66 Cancel a print job with Mac sincere esandumcnnsniaeninrd se aicecnode ce staatesecaaenadaentaasearietuteiacetntavensioes 66 Change the paper size and type with Mac ssssnnnesssssnnnunssssenersssssrsersssrsssrrresessreren gt 66 Create and use printing presets with MaC cccccsecccceeeeceeeseeeeeeesseeeeeeesaeeeeeeaaaeeeeeaaees 66 Resize documents or print on a custom paper size With MAC ccccceeecceaeeceeeeeeeaeeeens 67 PEI Ce COVER poge WINN IVA esir tiptiad erence nats euer ieee nee were arene seen 67 Use watermarks with Mac eertccsctycee codec atrotemiecien sated aceempancstlncsbta stain csbeadebee vaseesanent aaee scner 6
97. Product Additional restrictions on Use may appear in the User Documentation You may not separate component parts of the HP Software for Use You do not have the right to distribute the HP Software b Copying Your right to copy means you may make archival or back up copies of the HP Software provided each copy contains all the original HP Software s proprietary notices and is used only for back up purposes 3 UPGRADES To Use HP Software provided by HP as an upgrade update or supplement collectively Upgrade you must first be licensed for the original HP Software identified by HP as eligible for the Upgrade To the extent the Upgrade supersedes the original HP Software you may no longer use such HP Software This EULA applies to each Upgrade unless HP provides other terms with the Upgrade In case of a conflict between this EULA and such other terms the other terms will prevail 332 Appendix B Service and support ENWW ENWW 10 11 TRANSFER a Third Party Transfer The initial end user of the HP Software may make a one time transfer of the HP Software to another end user Any transfer will include all component parts media User Documentation this EULA and if applicable the Certificate of Authenticity The transfer may not be an indirect transfer such as a consignment Prior to the transfer the end user receiving the transferred Software will agree to this EULA Upon transfer of the HP Software your license i
98. Pv4 address 79 IPv address 80 print servers included 2 protocols supported 74 security 7 5 SMTP servers 199 subnet mask 79 networks wired installing product Mac 59 installing product Windows 75 Neutral Grays 170 non HP supplies 109 not configured 207 notes iii notification settings 222 O on off button locating 5 online help control panel 11 online support 336 opening printer drivers Windows 129 operating environment specifications 338 operating systems supported 48 58 optimize copy images 179 ordering supplies and accessories 322 orientation paper while loading 98 selecting Windows 139 other links list HP Embedded Web Server 271 output area jams 293 output bin jams 297 locating 5 output bins contiguring 103 selecting Windows 154 P page sizes scaling documents to fit Windows 150 pages per sheet selecting Windows 137 paper covers using different paper 148 custom size Macintosh settings 67 Index 359 first and last pages using different paper 148 first page 67 jams 289 load 90 loading orientation 98 pages per sheet 68 printing on preprinted letterhead or forms Windows 143 selecting 307 paper pickup problems solving 289 paper size changing 84 paper sizes selecting 135 selecting custom 135 supported 85 paper tray selection 233 paper types changing 84 selecting 135 supported 88 paper ordering 322 paper special printing Windows 145 part number
99. RIN ain gt EAER EHR gt PPE EN A TIS gt EERW T gt EHK A Be BERR EE a ET GAS Laser statement for Finland Luokan 1 laserlaite Klass 1 Laser Apparat HP Color LaserJet C M4540 CM4540f CM4540tskm laserkirjoitin on k ytt j n kannalta turvallinen luokan 1 laserlaite Normaalissa k yt ss kirjoittimen suojakotelointi est lasersateen p syn laitteen ulkopuolelle Laitteen turvallisuusluokka on m ritetty standardin EN 60825 1 2007 mukaisesti VAROITUS Laitteen k ytt minen muulla kuin k ytt ohjeessa mainitulla tavalla saattaa altistaa k ytt j n turvallisuusluokan 1 ylitt v lle n kym tt m lle lasers teilylle VARNING Om apparaten anv nds p annat s tt n i bruksanvisning specificerats kan anv ndaren uts ttas f r osynlig laserstr lning som verskrider gr nsen f r laserklass 1 HUOLTO HP Color LaserJet CM4540 CM4540f CM4540fskm kirjoittimen sis ll ei ole k ytt j n huollettavissa olevia kohteita Laitteen saa avata ja huoltaa ainoastaan sen huoltamiseen koulutettu henkil T llaiseksi huoltotoimenpiteeksi ei katsota v riainekasetin vaihtamista paperiradan puhdistusta tai muita k ytt j n k sikirjassa lueteltuja k ytt j n teht v ksi tarkoitettuja yll pitotoimia jotka voidaan suorittaa ilman erikoisty kaluja 350 Appendix D Regulatory information ENWW VARO Mik li kirjoittimen suojakotelo avataan olet alttiina nakymattomallelasersateilylle laitteen olles
100. a ect caudn cantata E E a T 240 Canea i DE toc tenet E E T cease deenea as E 240 Cancel the current fax MransMiSsiOnis s0se sceu settee svngl seria dade dul saith anyesens 240 Cancel pending Taxes sie seracsivretivitiviseecieesne neds hace eae 240 FSCS NETO OS eaxtateta as Scoei wie A dedi ad a es aaensees esata eect dasaaaee cena aie 241 Create or delete speed dial lists io4 contiaass caged cee teen eel tase naeataaanenamentniaendeaa deste 241 ENWW Create a speed dial list 5 ceccncdcaxnanassinseacensqeeascinerieiahensaeeiamnbentestouneeuasaeacneeneds 241 Delete a speed dial list ee eee ae ee ree eee orn ree 243 Delete a single number from the speed dial list cccceecccceeseeeeeeeeene ees 244 Add a number to an existing speed dial list ccecccccecsseeceeeeeeneeeeeeeene ees 245 voo ae an REIES aaa me eee en E er er eee 246 Fax Cal RTO a a sare E E ene ratte E E bean deme E E 246 PAKAY LOG ea eE E EAEE AEA R E E E A AEEA 247 Eo REDOR soen eE E E N E E case 247 Scheduling fax printing memory lock cceceeeecceceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeesaeeeeeeeeeeeaaes 247 Use Fax over VolP IW Or Se erat crete ccc stte ceccecohes neiere nE eA En ne E OE eE OEE REG 248 GWe Ta ProD e E E E eee ree E 249 Is your fax set up correctly gaa ary en ee een ne eer ee ee 249 What type of phone line are you USING cccccccccceeeesesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeasaaaeee ees 249 Are you using a surge protection device cccccccccssesec
101. a print cartridge HP Color LaserJet Toner Receptacle for toner that Mandatory CE265A CC493 679 13 Collection Unit has not fused to the paper HP Staple cartridge Replacement staple Mandatory C8091A cartridge which holds 5 000 staples HP Color LaserJet fuser kit Replacement fuser Mandatory 110 Volt fuser CE246A 110 Volt fuser CC493 679 11 200 Volt fuser CE247A 200 Volt fuser CC493 67912 Fuser cleaning kit Includes 50 sheets of HP Mandatory CC419 67905 LaserJet Tough Paper and instructions to clean the fuser Document feeder Includes a replacement Mandatory CE248A CE248 67901 maintenance kit roller assembly and separation pad for the document feeder HP Color LaserJet image Replacement transfer unit Mandatory CE249A CC493 67910 transfer kit transfer roller Tray 1 pickup roller and eight feed and separation rollers for Trays 2 5 Repair maintenance kit Replacement transfer unit Mandatory CC493 67909 and transfer roller Control panel kit Replacement control Optional CC419 67901 panel HP LaserJet 900 sheet 3 Replacement stapler Mandatory CC424A CC424 67901 bin Stapling Mailbox stacker HP Color LaserJet 500 500 sheet input tray no Mandatory CC425A CC425 67901 sheet Paper Feeder storage cabinet or stand HP Color LaserJet 500 500 sheet paper tray with Mandatory CC422A CC493 67902 sheet Paper Feeder and a storage cabinet Cabinet Appendix A Product supplies and accessories ENWW Table A 1 Customer self repair parts continued
102. aawartadaewadsewiesandonevaceus ansannesade dene ads 143 Print colored text as black grayscale with Windows cccccesseeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeaaeeess 143 Print on preprinted letterhead or forms with Windows cccccssseecceeseeeeececseeseeeaneeeees 143 Print on special paper labels or transparencies ccccceseccceseeesceeseeecesueeeeeueeeeeanees 145 Print the first or last page on different paper with Windows scccccceesseeeeceeeaeeeeees 148 Scale a document to fit page size with Windows ccccsseeecceceeeeeeseeeeeeeeesseeeeeeeeeeaas 150 Add a watermark to a document with Windows ccccccseeeeceeeeeeeeeecseeeeeeseeeeeeeaanees 152 Created booklet with VV INGOW Sx jure st enee cactn cosiessasa match uni sasds meet a 152 Select output options with Windows fskm models only ccccceeseeceeeeeeeeceeeaeeeees 154 Select an output bin with Windows ccccccsecceessecceeeeeceeseeeeessaeeeeneeeeeenes 154 Select staple options with Windows ccccsecccesseccceseeeceeseeeeeseeeseseeeeeeaes 155 Use job storage features with Windows cccccccccccceeseeeeeeeeceesseseeeeeeseesssaaaeeeeeeees 157 Create a stored job with Windows cccccseccceseeceeseeeeecuesceeseeeeeseneeenenees 157 Prane STORE TO eana a aerate pant lacie iebaaeeeesuaiieaniscsoeeguseametoes 158 Deleteiaistored OD en ee ann ne te A rN nee onc Om eee 159 Set job storage options with Windows cccccseecece
103. aded Display Do not display Enabled Disabled Disabled Enabled Auto Yes Table 2 11 Manage Trays menu continued First level Values Image Rotation Standard Alternate Override A4 Letter Yes No Stapler Stacker Settings menu To display At the product control panel select the Administration menu and then select the Stapler Stacker Settings menu In the following table asterisks indicate the factory default setting Table 2 12 Stapler Stacker Settings menu First level Values Operation Mode Mailbox Stacker Function Separator Stapling None Top left or right Top lett Top right Staples Very Low Continue Stop Network Settings menu To display At the product control panel select the Administration menu and then select the Network Settings menu In the following table asterisks indicate the factory default setting ENWW Administration menu 39 Table 2 13 Network Settings menu First level I O Timeout Embedded Jetdirect Menu EIO lt X gt Jetdirect Menu Values Range 5 300 sec Default 15 See the table that follows for details These menus have the same structure If an additional HP Jetdirect network card is installed in the EIO slot then both menus are available Table 2 14 Embedded Jetdirect Menu EIO lt X gt Jetdirect Menu First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Information Print Sec Page Yes No TCP IP Enable On Of
104. administrator can use the HP Embedded Web Server to configure pre detined Quick Sets folders or you can provide the path to another network folder 1 Place the document face down on the scanner glass or face up in the document feeder 2 From the Home screen touch the Save to Network Folder button NOTE It prompted type your user name and password 3 To use one of the preset job select one of the items in the Quick Sets list ENWW FP Color Laserdel Chast Save to Network Folder Send a document toa folder on the I metor Save to Device Memory PY Save the scanned job to this Gevice s memory File Nama Untied Network Folder Path MN Stnnglinfa is mull E Black POF May 24 2010 9 26 03 AM v More Options Send a scanned document 195 4 To set up a new job type the name for the file in the File Name text field and type the path to the network folder in the Network Folcer Path field Use this format for the path path path 5 To configure oe for the document touch the More Options button File Name aan Network Folder Path 6 Touch the Start button to save the file File Nama United Network Folder Path MW May 24 2010 9 26 03 AM More Options Send a scanned document to a folder in the product memory Use this procedure to scan a document and save it on the product so you can print copies at any time 1 Place the document face
105. age accessory that has its own power supply or that requires less power The USB storage accessory might not be functioning correctly a Remove the USB storage accessory b Turn the product off and then on c Try printing from another USB storage accessory The file does not print from the USB storage accessory 1 2 Make sure paper is in the tray Check the control panel for messages If paper is jammed in the product clear the jam 314 Chapter 14 Solve problems ENWW The file that you want to print is not listed in the Open from USB menu 1 You might be trying to print a file type that the USB printing feature does not support The product supports pdf prn pcl ps and cht file types 2 You might have too many files in a single folder on the USB storage accessory Reduce the number of files in the folder by moving them to subfolders 3 You might be using a character set for the tile name that the product does not support In this case the product replaces the file names with characters from a different character set Rename the files using ASCII characters ENWW Solve walk up USB printing problems 315 Solve connectivity problems Solve direct connect problems It you have connected the product directly to a computer check the cable Verify that the cable is connected to the computer and to the product Verify that the cable is not longer than 5 m 16 4 ft Try using a shorter cable Verify that the cab
106. alled Supported network protocols Table 5 1 Supported network protocols Network type Supported protocols TCP IP IPv4 and IPv6 networks e Apple Bonjour e Simple Network Management Protocol SNMP v1 v2 and v3 e Hyper Text Transfer Protocol HTTP e Secure HTTP HTTPS e File Transfer Protocol FTP e Port 9100 e Line printer daemon LPD e Intenet Printing Protocol IPP e Secure IPP e Web Services Dynamic Discovery WS Discovery e Psec Firewall TCP IP IPv4 networks only e Auto IP e Service Location Protocol SLP e Trivial File Transfer Protocol TFTP e Telnet e Internet Group Management Protocol IGMP v2 e Bootstrap Protocol BOOTP DHCP e Windows Internet Name Service WINS e P Direct Mode e WS Print 74 Chapter 5 Connect the product ENWW Table 5 1 Supported network protocols continued Network type Supported protocols TCP IP IPv6 networks only e Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP v6 e Multicast Listener Discovery Protocol MLD v1 e Internet Control Message Protocol ICMP v6 Other supported network protocols e Internetwork Packet Exchange Sequenced Packet Exchange IPX SPX e AppleTalk e NetWare Directory Services NDS e Bindery e Novell Distributed Print Services NDPS e iPrint Table 5 2 Advanced Security features for network management Service name Description IPsec Firewall Provides network layer security on IPv4 and IPv6 networks A firewall provides simp
107. am click Print Save As Page Setup sj Print Ctrl P 4 2 Select the product and then click the Properties or Preferences button Printer Name Properties Status Find Printer Type Where E Print to File Comment P E Manual duplex Page range All section For example type 1 3 5 12 or pisi pls2 pls3 p8s3 Print what Document Zoom Print al pages in range Pages per sheet k page Scale to paper size No Scaling 3 Click the Paper Quality tab Printing Shateut Peper fects Paper Optons Paper sizes 6 5 x 14 inches Lega v Paper source Automatically Select Paper type Unspecified v Print Quaity Special pages Covers l ImageREt3600 X Print pages on different paper Insert blank or prepiirted sheets Gloss Levet Chapter separatoi pages Defaut A Seltings 148 Chapter 8 Print tasks ENWW 4 5 6 In the Special pages area click the Print pages on different paper option and then click the Settings button In the Pages in document area select either the First or Last option Select the correct options from the Paper source and Paper type drop down lists Click the Add button ENWW First Chepler separatcr pages D Last Pages Eg 1 3 6 12 NOTE All pages nct isted in this table are set to Paper source Automaticaly Select Tray 1 Paper type Unspectied HP Cove
108. anner glass 2 From the Home screen touch the Fax button 3 Touch a Speed Dial number for the speed dial name you wish to use and then touch the OK button The speed dial name will appear in the Fax Number section of the Fax screen 4 Touch the Start button to send the fax You can either touch the Start button on the touch screen or press the green Start button on the control panel Search a speed dial list by name Use this feature to search an existing speed dial by name EY NOTE Ifyou do not know the unique name of the speed dial type a letter to select any portion of the list For example to view speed dial names that begin with the letter N type the letter N If no matching entries exist a message appears before the search shows the entry that is closest to the letter N 238 Chapter 12 Fax ENWW From the Home screen touch the Fax button Ap HP Color LaserJet CM4540 MFP Touch the Speed Dial Search button This button looks like a magnitying glass and is Fax Recipients Speed Dial Code located to the right of the Speed Dial button Dii equ oss o J SS ea eleta ite More Options Type the first letters of the speed dial name to search for As matches are found the list at the top of the search screen is populated If necessary scroll to see all the entries or type more letters to narrow the search Select the appropriate name from the list and touch the O
109. are Configuration Utility ccccceecceeeeeeeees 211 SENG TOS UNS a E E E E A EE ATA AE 211 EEE 1 o E E E N A E A E E AT 211 Fax Setup Wizard sepaiereeriie inr erra N E 211 Fax dialing Se TINGS siresrsissiousseaidsniiesissin iniinis 213 General fax send settings cccccccccccesesseeeecceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeesaaeees 217 SSF NING COASSA ERE 219 Detauli WOOP ONS cesis decree ienr S 220 Image Preview stsassanseczesparsciueeisaracrarise etnsaciets lt otagets a 221 Set the outgoing fax resolution cccccccesseeeeeeceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeesaaaes 221 Se EE e aaa nee ee 222 IORI GMIG WM 6 siece se onistesertusiug E E E 222 Content orientation cn seaceeceseon sina weseneKencoveaeneetaessissenaveavheanmedene 223 Fi GUNG E tacema E E A 223 ENWW xii Use Fax Image dadus mMmEn asnes E E E E 224 Optimize Text PICTURE sses atea r Ar EE 224 VOD Duld arerin E E E 225 Blank pag Suppression nieces ersten o eea o a O 225 Receive Tax SCHINGS aiea A A 226 Fax recse seipinn a eee E A E E T 226 SE MMe ringer volume suresi uae n E E ET 226 Set rings TOONS WEF eisenos ea E a ENa 226 Set fax receive speed oo ecceccccceceeeeeeeceeeceaeeeeeeeesesseeeeeeeeeeeas 227 EL TINS WINE VU ara a E oanaseneeceaiyautuade ete 227 SEF MING ECU ENC arare ar actuseoatoasassencetaonseaieaes 227 Enable or disable the fax printing schedule cccccccccessseeeeeeeeesaeeeeeeeees 228 Block incoming ROS ereer e T 228 Create a
110. ay the keypad Enter a value 0 9 default is 3 and then touch the OK button Touch the Save button Set fax settings 215 Set redial on no answer The redial on no answer setting selects the number of times the fax accessory redials if the number dialed does not answer The number of retries is either O to 1 used in the U S or O to 2 depending on the country region setting The interval between retries is set by the redial interval setting 1 2 4 5 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Send Settings e Fax Send Setup e Fax Dialing Settings Touch the Redial On No Answer text box to display the keypad Enter a value 0 2 default is O and then touch the OK button Touch the Save button Set the dial tone detection The detect dial tone setting determines whether the fax checks for a dial tone before sending a fax 1 2 4 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Send Settings e Fax Send Setup e Fax Dialing Settings Touch the Detect Dial Tone setting a checkmark appears next to the Detect Dial Tone setting when selected The default setting is unchecked disabled Touch the Save button to enable dial tone detection Set a dialing prefix if required The dialing prefix setting allows you to enter a prefix number such as a 9 to access a
111. ble at this Web site www hp com support clicm4540mft You can print these topics and keep them near the product They are a handy reference for procedures that you perform frequently Quick Reference Guide This guide contains procedures for the most commonly used product functions The guide is available from this Web site www hp com support clicm4540 mfp You can print this guide and keep it near the product Control panel help The control panel has built in help that guides you through several tasks such as replacing print cartridges and clearing jams To open the Help system touch the Help button in the upper right corner of the screen 284 Chapter 14 Solve problems ENWW Solve problems checklist ENWW Follow these steps when trying to solve a problem with the product 1 Make sure the product Ready light is on If no lights are on complete these steps b d Check the power cable connections Check that the power is turned on Make sure that the line voltage is correct for the product power configuration See the label that is on the back of the product for voltage requirements If you are using a power strip and its voltage is not within specifications plug the product directly into the wall If it is already plugged into the wall try a different outlet It none of these measures restores power contact HP Customer Care Check the cabling b C Check the cable connection between the produc
112. ble error correction mode if it is disabled unchecked 4 Touch the Save button Set billing codes ENWW The billing code setting when enabled prompts the user to enter a number when sending a fax This number is placed in the billing code report To view the billing code report either print the report or query it by using an application Set fax settings 219 Billing codes are disabled by default Follow these steps to enable billing codes 1 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button 2 Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Send Settings e Fax Send Setup e Billing Codes 3 Touch the Enable Billing Codes feature to enable billing codes NOTE To disable billing codes deselect the Enable Billing Codes feature touch the Save button and then skip the remaining steps To allow users to edit billing codes touch the Allow users to edit billing codes feature Touch the Default Billing Code text box to open the keyboard Enter the billing code and then touch the OK button Touch the Minimum Length text box to open the keypad Type the minimum number of digits you want in the billing code and then touch the OK button rs eS SS Touch the Save button Default job options The following default job options are available for configuration e mage Preview e Resolution e Original Sides e Notification e Content Orientation e Original Size e Image Adjustment e Optimize Text P
113. bleshooting menu In the following table asterisks indicate the factory default setting Table 2 15 Troubleshooting menu First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Event Log View Print Paper Path Page View Print Fax Fax T 30 Trace Print T 30 Report When to Print Report Print Never automatically print Print after every fax Print only after fax send jobs Print after any fax error Print only after fax send errors Print only after fax receive errors Save Fax V 34 Normal Off 42 Chapter 2 Control panel menus ENWW Table 2 15 Troubleshooting menu continued First level Second level Third level Values Fax Speaker Mode Normal Diagnostic Print Quality Pages PQ Troubleshooting Print Pages Diagnostic Page Print Color Band Test Print Test Page Print Copies Range 1 30 Diagnostic Tests Disable Cartridge Check Paper Path Sensors Select from a list of the product sensors Paper Path Test Test Page Print Source Select from a list of the available trays Destination Select from a list of the available bins Duplex Oft On Copies i 10 50 100 500 Stacking Off On Manual Sensor Test Tray Bin Manual Sensor Test Component Test Print Stop Test Scanner Tests Select from a list of available components Select from a list of available components Select from a list of available components Range O 60 000 Select from a list of available components A
114. blocked fax list x sncnseieecia iatencad saneion outa Notatdabiretedustes 229 Delete numbers from the blocked fax list ccccccceceeeeeeeeseeeeeees 229 nitate polling TEceive eee eee ee ee ne ee T 229 DETGUIE JODTODHONS irae sassulang tethdyaiad wists Snecece tink Oa 230 KONCONE eeto nt Mareen ee re ER rian Men eens Ee 230 Stamp received faxes incoming faxes ccceeeecceeseeeeeeeeeeee ees 231 DEO OOS iea teeudaaaieausoreecadusalacbeneee bate 231 Set the paper Selection cccccccccssecccceeseeeeceesueeeeesesaeeeeeeeaaaees 232 SET AMS OW OU DIN erenn o NAN 232 Serihe Sides aha tetas sete cae sien ee naan dud ena sbat askance 233 Sel Ine paper MOY orea un etna A A eon 233 Fax archive and forwarding sestas rn e A 233 Enable OLG KVN eaaa a aOR 234 Enable fac torwarding ernan E TOAN 234 A AE EET EAE E E E Se A A AEEA EE ENAA I EE TETE 235 Ber ai e 0 10 Sere iama a eee er ere Te eee 235 SIRS Ss SCI Oe OI ace eters a a sree te tse aso sew E ET 236 S e ols o gt AE nme ate E URE EHEC RE Oe Met eR Reese Tenet E AEA ere 236 Send a fax by entering numbers manually cccccccceeeessseeeeceeeeeeeeeneaees 237 Send a fax using speed dial sat texuice test se ad ausieuee Mote ieiew eee eee 238 Search a speed dial list by name cccccceecccceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeessseeeeeesseeeeeeaaees 238 Send a fax by using fax address book numbers csseeeeceseeeseeeeeeeeeeeaes 239 Fax address OOK SEIN in
115. bond dry toner particles to the paper in very precise dots HP laser paper is designed to withstand this extreme heat Using inkjet paper could damage the product Media type Do Do not Envelopes e Store envelopes flat e Do not use envelopes that are wrinkled nicked stuck together or e Use envelopes where the seam otherwise damaged extends all the way to the corner of the envelope e Do not use envelopes that have clasps snaps windows or coated e Use peel off adhesive strips that are linings approved for use in laser printers e Do not use self stick adhesives or other synthetic materials Labels e Use only labels that have no e Donotuse labels that have exposed backing between them wrinkles or bubbles or are damaged e Use labels that lie flat e Do not print partial sheets of labels e Use only full sheets of labels Transparencies e Use only transparencies that are e Do not use transparent print media approved for use in color laser not approved for laser printers printers e Place transparencies on a flat surtace after removing them from the product 82 Chapter 6 Paper and print media ENWW ENWW Media type Do Do not Letterhead or preprinted forms e Use only letterhead or forms e Do not use raised or metallic approved for use in laser printers letterhead Heavy paper e Use only heavy paper that is e Do not use paper that is heavier approved for use in laser printers than the recommended media and mee
116. c Sete AE 319 A print job was not sent to the product that you wanted c ccccssseccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneees 320 When connected with a USB cable the product does not appear in the Print amp Fax list after the driver is selected ccccecccccceceeccceceeeeeeee esses eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesssaseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaas 320 You are using a generic printer driver when using a USB connection eceeeeeeeeees 320 Appendix A Product supplies and accessories cccccscscsssccssscscscscscccscscscscscecscecesescsecs 321 Order parts accessories and supplies acdicccuseedaansacatsesebasetteamesseceunendasncuneriacshaeaxeeteaeielactases 322 P O DES e cea E E E EAE EEEE EEE R EE E ENEE 323 PCC SSS OF o E EEE E E EE O EE O OE E 323 0 ese 6 ike Bla lt 1 ae o lt een een eee eee ere ec ee 323 Customer self repair parts oc c2rc5 cttuanaawesraiecunencaaniaontenieaaidheooninucimaieiciearnacenees 323 Appendix B Service and support sessesossescesseseesesoccsessesoeosessesocosesessesossossessessssesessessessesoo 327 Hewlett Packard limited warranty statement ccccccccccseecceeeeeeeceeseeeeeeeseeeeeeseeeeeseseeeeeeeaeneeeeas 328 HP s Premium Protection Warranty LaserJet print cartridge limited warranty statement 5 329 Color LaserJet Fuser Kit Transfer Kit and Roller Kit Limited Warranty Statement ccccccceeeeees 330 Data stored on the prin CCM Sop sie cpiterse ca naar nectncect waa incon ceeion
117. calibrate and clean the product and to backup and restore data See the sections that follow for details about these menus Control panel menus 17 Administration menu You can perform basic product setup by using the Administration menu Use the HP Embedded Web Server for more advanced product setup To open the HP Embedded Web Server enter the product IP address or host name in the address bar of a Web browser Reports menu To display At the product control panel select the Administration menu and then select the Reports menu Table 2 2 Reports menu First level Second level Values Configuration Status Pages Administration Menu Map Print View Current Settings Page Print View Configuration Page Print View Supplies Status Page Print View Usage Page Print View File Directory Page Print View Color Usage Job Log Print Fax Reports Fax Activity Log Print View Billing Codes Report Print View Blocked Fax List Print View Speed Dial List Print View Fax Call Report Print View Chapter 2 Control panel menus Table 2 2 Reports menu continued First level Second level Values Other Pages Demonstration Page Print Color Samples for RGB Print CMYK Values Print PCL Font List Print PS Font List Print General Settings menu To display At the product control panel select the Administration menu and then select the General Settings menu In the following table asterisks indicate the factory default
118. cartridge limited warranty statement 329 Color LaserJet Fuser Kit Transfer Kit and Roller Kit Limited Warranty Statement 330 This HP product is warranted to be free from defects in materials and workmanship until the orinter p p p provides a low life indicator on the control panel This warranty does not apply to products that a have been refurbished remanufactured or tampered with in any way b experience problems resulting from misuse improper storage or operation outside of the published environmental specifications for the printer product or c exhibit wear from ordinary use To obtain warranty service please return the product to place of purchase with a written description of the problem or contact HP customer support At HP s option HP will either replace products that prove to be detective or refund your purchase price TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW THE ABOVE WARRANTY IS EXCLUSIVE AND NO OTHER WARRANTY OR CONDITION WHETHER WRITTEN OR ORAL IS EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED AND HP SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY SATISFACTORY QUALITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW IN NO EVENT WILL HP OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR DIRECT SPECIAL INCIDENTAL CONSEQUENTIAL INCLUDING LOST PROFIT OR DATA OR OTHER DAMAGE WHETHER BASED IN CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE THE WARRANTY TERMS CONTAINED IN THIS STATEMENT EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT LAWFULLY P
119. certificates for access to the product and the network Networking tab Use the Networking tab to change network settings for the product when it is connected to an IP based network This tab does not appear if the product is connected to other types of networks Other Links list E NOTE You can configure which items appear in the Other Links list by using the Edit Other Links menu on the Generali tab The following items are the default links Table 13 9 HP Embedded Web Server Other Links list Menu Description HP Instant Support Connects you to the HP Web site to help you find solutions to product problems Shop for Supplies Connects to the HP SureSupply Web site where you can receive information on options for purchasing original HP supplies such as print cartridges and paper Product Support Connects to the support site for the product from which you can search for help regarding various topics Show Me How Connects to information that demonstrates specific tasks for the product such as clearing jams and printing on various types of paper ENWW Use the HP Embedded Web Server 271 Use HP Web Jetadmin software HP Web Jetadmin is an award winning industry leading tool for efficiently managing a wide variety of networked HP devices including printers multifunction products and digital senders This single solution allows you to remotely install monitor maintain troubleshoot and secure your printing and imaging en
120. cessary 3 If printed pages have marks that repeat several times at the same distance apart print a cleaning page If this does not solve the problem use the repeating defects information in this document to identify the cause of the problem ENWW Improve print quality 309 Use the printer driver that best meets your printing needs You might need to use a different printer driver if the printed page has unexpected lines in graphics missing text missing graphics incorrect formatting or substituted fonts HP PCL 6 driver HP UPD PS driver HP UPD PCL 5 HP UPD PCL 6 Provided as the default driver This driver is automatically installed unless you select a different one Recommended for all Windows environments Provides the overall best speed print quality and productfeature support for most users Developed to align with the Windows Graphic Device Interface GDI for the best speed in Windows environments Might not be fully compatible with third party and custom software programs that are based on PCL 5 Recommended for printing with Adobe software programs or with other highly graphics intensive software programs Provides support for printing from postscript emulation needs or for postscript flash font support Recommended for general office printing in Windows environments Compatible with previous PCL versions and older HP LaserJet products The best choice for printing from third party or custom software p
121. chine does not support the polling feature a Poll Invalid error message will be shown Default job options Notification 230 The following default job options are available for configuration Notification Stamp Received Faxes Fit to Page Paper Selection Output Bin Sides r NOTE Default job option settings are shared across all fax methods analog LAN and internet fax This setting controls when the fax call report is printed for incoming faxes 1 2 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Receive Settings e Default Job Options e Notification Touch one of the following notification settings e Do not notify default e Notify when job completes e Notify only if job fails Touch the Print option to receive a printed notification or touch the E mail option to receive an e mail notification If you selected the Print option touch the Save button to complete the notification setup Or Chapter 12 Fax ENWW If you selected the E mail option use the keyboard to type an e mail address Then touch the Save button to complete the notification setup 6 Touch the Include Thumbnail check box to include a thumbnail image with notifications Stamp received faxes incoming faxes The stamp received faxes setting enables or disables stamping incoming faxes The stamp prints the date time phone number and page number on eac
122. ct and remove any jammed sheets of paper Load the tray with the correct size of paper for your job Make sure the paper guides in the tray are adjusted correctly for the size of paper Adjust the guides so they are touching the paper stack without bending it Check the product control panel to see if the product is waiting for you to acknowledge a prompt to feed the paper manually Load paper and continue The product picks up multiple sheets of paper If the product picks up multiple sheets of paper from the tray try these solutions 1 Remove the stack of paper from the tray and flex it rotate it 180 degrees and flip it over Do not fan the paper Return the stack of paper to the tray Use only paper that meets HP specifications for this product Use paper that is not wrinkled folded or damaged If necessary use paper from a different package Make sure the tray is not overfilled If it is remove the entire stack of paper from the tray straighten the stack and then return some of the paper to the tray Make sure the paper guides in the tray are adjusted correctly for the size of paper Adjust the guides so they are touching the paper stack without bending it Prevent paper jams ENWW To reduce the number of paper jams try these solutions 1 2 Use only paper that meets HP specifications for this product Use paper that is not wrinkled folded or damaged If necessary use paper from a different package
123. ct the option for the type of paper you are using and click the OK button Type is E Everyday 98g E Presentation 96 1309 E Brochure 131 1759 E Photo Cover 176 220 E Other jo Color Laser Transparency A ahels i etterhead Envelope Preprinted Prepunched z Colored H Dai ah Cancel Print on special paper labels or transparencies 1 On the File menu in the software program click Print Save As Page Setup sj Print Ctrl P ENWW Additional print tasks with Windows 145 2 Select the product and then click the Properties or Preferences button 3 Click the Paper Quality tab 4 From the Paper type drop down list click the 146 More option Chapter 8 Print tasks Printer Name properties Status Find Printer Type Where E Print to File Comment E Manual duplex Page range All section For example type 1 3 5 12 or plsi pls2 pls3 p8s3 Print what Document Zoom Print al pages in range Pages per sheet 1 page Scale to paper size No Scaling Fitina Shatcu Paper uett fects Finishing Job Storage Color _ Senvices Paper Optons Paper sizes 6 5 x 14 inches Lega v Paper source Automatically Select Paper type Urspecified Print Quaity Special pages Covers ImageREt3600 X Print pages on different paper Insert blank or prepiirted sheets Gloss Levet Chapter teparo pages Defaut
124. cted Unable to read or write the fax image file to disk could be corrupt product disk or no space available on the product s disk Incompatible page width or page had too many bad lines Out of RAM memory on product Fax failure the fax job did not complete Try resending fax if the error persists contact service Try resending fax if the error persists contact service Try resending fax if the error persists contact service If error persists may need to add RAM to product Try resending fax if the error persists contact service Table 12 1 Send fax messages continued Message Error No Description Action s Power Failure O A power failure occurred Try resending the fax during the fax transmission on the sending fax product No Fax Detected 17 or 36 No fax machine was detected Verify fax number and have at receiving end May be due receiver verify fax machine is to voice calls on and connected then try resending fax ENWW Solve fax problems 257 Receive fax messages Table 12 2 Receive fax messages Message Success Blocked Modem Fail Communication Error Communication Error Space Fail Page Fail Memory Error Compression Error Print Fail Poll Invalid Job Fail Power Failure No Fax Detected Error No n a n a Any 17 36 Any besides 17 or 36 Any 17 36 Description Fax received ok Fax reception was blocked by receiving
125. d Courier Font Regular Dark Wide A4 Enabled Disabled Print PS Errors Enabled Disabled Print PDF Errors Enabled Disabled Personality Auto PCL POSTSCRIPT PDF PEL Form Length Range 5 128 Default 60 ENWW Administration menu 33 Table 2 7 Print Settings menu continued First level Second level Values Orientation Portrait Landscape Font Source Internal Card slot 1 Card slot lt X gt EIO lt X gt disk USB Font Number Range 0 999 Default O Font Pitch Range 0 44 99 99 Default 10 Font Point Size Range 4 00 999 75 Default 12 00 Symbol Set Select from a list of symbol sets Append CR to LF No Yes Suppress Blank Pages No Yes Media Source Mapping Standard Classic Print Options menu To display At the product control panel select the Administration menu and then select the Print Options menu In the following table asterisks indicate the factory default setting Table 2 8 Print Options menu First level Second level Values Number of Copies Default Paper Size Select from a list of sizes that the product supports Default Custom Paper Size X Dimension 34 Chapter 2 Control panel menus ENWW Table 2 8 Print Options menu continued First level Output Bin Sides 2 Sided Format Enable Edge To Edge Override Second level Y Dimension Use Inches Use Millimeters Values 1 sided 2 sided Book style Flip style Enabled Disabled
126. d TCP IP port select the box labeled Always print to this printer even if its IP address changes Chapter 14 Solve problems ENWW 3 If you installed the product using a Microsoft standard TCP IP port use the hostname instead of the IP address 4 Ifthe IP address is correct delete the product and then add it again The computer is unable to communicate with the product 1 Test network communication by pinging the network a Open a command line prompt on your computer For Windows click Start click Run and then type cmd b Type ping followed by the IP address for your product c If the window displays round trip times the network is working 2 Ifthe ping command failed verify that the network hubs are on and then verify that the network settings the product and the computer are all configured for the same network The product is using incorrect link and duplex settings for the network Hewlett Packard recommends leaving this setting in automatic mode the default setting If you change these settings you must also change them for your network New software programs might be causing compatibility problems Verify that any new software programs are correctly installed and that they use the correct printer driver The computer or workstation might be set up incorrectly 1 Check the network drivers printer drivers and the network redirection 2 Verity that the operating system is configured correctly The prod
127. d jobs must first enter the PIN at the product control panel Lock the control panel menus You can lock various features on the control panel by using the HP Embedded Web Server 1 5 Open the HP Embedded Web Server by entering the product IP address into the address line of a Web browser Click the the Security tab Open the Access Control menu In the Sign In and Permission Policies area select which types of users have permission for each of the features Click the Apply button Lock the formatter The formatter area on the back of the product has a slot that you can use to attach a security cable Locking the formatter prevents someone from removing valuable components from it 274 Chapter 13 Manage and maintain ENWW Economy settings Optimize speed or energy use By detault the product stays warm between jobs to optimize speed You can set the product to cool between jobs which conserves energy 1 2 3 From the Home screen touch the Administration button Open each of the following menus a General Settings b Energy Settings c Optimum Speed Energy Usage Select the option that you want to use Powersave modes Use the Sleep Schedule feature to reduce power consumption when the product is inactive You can schedule specific times of the day at which the product enters sleep mode or wakes from sleep mode You can customize this schedule for each day of the week or for holidays Use the S
128. default Tray Tray 2 Tray 3 Tray 4 Tray 5 4 Touch the Save button Set the output bin 232 Use the Output bin feature to set which output bin to use for outputting the fax 1 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button 2 Open the following menus Fax Settings Fax Receive Settings Detault Job Options Output Bin 3 Touch the bin to use for your received faxes 4 Touch the Save button Chapter 12 Fax ENWW Set the sides Use the Sides feature to specify 1 side or 2 sided ouput for faxes 1 2 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Receive Settings e Default Job Options e Sides Touch one of the following options l sided default e 2 sided Touch the Save button Set the paper tray The paper tray setting selects the product paper tray to pull paper from for printing faxes 1 2 3 4 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Receive Settings e Default Job Options e Paper Selection Touch the name of the tray to use for received faxes Touch the Save button to save the paper tray selection value Fax archive and forwarding ENWW Use the fax archive feature to save archival copies of all incoming faxes all outgoing faxes or both to a specified email address Use the fax forwardi
129. dministration menu 43 Table 2 15 Troubleshooting menu continued First level Retrieve Diagnostic Data Second level Values LEDs Display Buttons Touchscreen Create device data file Create zipped debug information file Include crash dump files Clean up debug information Send to E mail Export to USB 44 Chapter 2 Control panel menus ENWW Device Maintenance menu Backup Restore menu To display At the product control panel select the Device Maintenance menu and then select the Backup Restore menu In the following table asterisks indicate the factory default setting Table 2 16 Backup Restore menu First level Second level Third level Values Backup Data Enable Scheduled Backups Backup Time Enter a time Days Between Backups Enter the number of days Backup Now Export Last Backup Restore Data Insert a USB drive that contains the backup file Calibration Cleaning menu To display At the product control panel select the Device Maintenance menu and then select the Calibration Cleaning menu In the following table asterisks indicate the factory default setting Table 2 17 Calibration Cleaning menu First level Second level Values Cleaning Settings Auto Cleaning Oft On Cleaning Interval Cleaning Size Cleaning Page Print Quick Calibration Full Calibration Delay Calibration at Wake Power On Yes Calibrate Scanner ENWW Device Maintenance menu 45 USB
130. dress print a configuration page For more information about printing a configuration page see Print information pages on page 264 For a complete explanation of the features and functionality of the HP Embedded Web Server see Use the HP Embedded Web Server on page 266 Supported utilities for Windows 55 Software for other operating systems OSs Software UNIX For HP UX and Solaris networks go to www hp com go jetdirectunix_software to install model scripts using the HP Jetdirect printer installer HPPI for UNIX For the latest model scripts go to www hp com go unixmodelscripts Linux For information go to www hplip net SAP devices For drivers go to www hp com go sap drivers For information go to www hp com go sap print 56 Chapter 3 Software for Windows ENWW 4 Use the product with Mac e Software for Mac e Print with Mac e Solve problems with a Mac ENWW 37 Software for Mac Supported operating systems for Mac The product supports the following Mac operating systems e MacOS X 10 4 10 5 10 6 and later r NOTE For Mac OS X 10 4 and later PPC and Intel Core Processor Macs are supported Supported printer drivers for Mac The HP LaserJet software installer provides PostScript Printer Description PPD files Printer Dialog Extensions PDEs and the HP Utility for use with Mac OS X computers The HP printer PPD and PDE files in combination with the built in Apple PostScript p
131. e you open a program and print Mac OS X 10 5 and 10 6 1 From the Apple menu click the System Preferences menu and then click the Print amp Fax icon 2 Select the product in the left side of the window 3 Click the Options amp Supplies button 4 Click the Driver tab 5 Configure the installed options ENWW Software for Mac 63 Software for Mac computers HP Utility for Mac Use the HP Utility to set up product features that are not available in the printer driver You can use the HP Utility when the product uses a universal serial bus USB cable or is connected to a TCP IP based network Open the HP Printer Utility Mac OS X 10 4 1 Open the Finder click Applications click Utilities and then double click Printer Setup Utility 2 Select the product that you want to configure and then click Utility Mac OS X 10 5 and 10 6 1 From the Printer Browser menu click Printer Utility Oor From the Print Queue click the Utility icon HP Utility features The HP Utility consists of pages that you open by clicking in the Configuration Settings list The following table describes the tasks that you can perform from these pages At the top of any page click the HP Support link to access technical assistance online supplies ordering online registration and recycling and return intormation Menu Item Description Information And Supplies Status Shows the product supplies status and provide
132. e 177 restoring detault settings 184 set options 183 special paper 183 two sided documents 189 copy settings HP Embedded Web Server 268 Copy Settings menu control panel 23 copying quality adjusting 311 counterfeit supplies 109 cover pages printing Mac 67 printing on different paper Windows 148 covers locating 5 custom print settings Windows 131 custom size paper settings Macintosh 67 customer support online 336 D date time setting 209 default gateway setting 79 default settings copy restoring 184 defects repeating 118 deleting stored jobs 159 Demo Page description 265 dial tone detection setting 216 dialing mode setting 213 dialing prefix setting 216 digital send settings HP Embedded Web Server 268 digital sending about 198 address books 202 203 configure e mail 199 folders 195 job settings 194 LDAP support 199 product memory 196 recipient lists 203 sending documents 200 SMTP support 199 USB flash drive 197 digital sending utility remote configuration 211 Display Settings menu control panel 35 disposal end of life 343 document conventions iii document feeder copying two sided documents 189 jams 292 make copies from 176 double sided copying 189 double sided printing duplexing loading paper 98 turning on Mac 64 drivers changing paper types and sizes 84 changing settings Mac 63 changing settings Windows 53 presets Mac 66 settings 52 settings Mac 66 settings Windo
133. e Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button 2 Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Send Settings e Default Job Options e Blank Page Suppression 3 Touch one of the following options e Disabled default e Enabled 4 Touch the Save button Set fax settings 225 Receive fax settings Fax receive setup Set the ringer volume 1 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button 2 Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Receive Settings e Fax Receive Setup 3 Touch the Ringer Volume drop down menu and then select one of the following ringer volume settings e Off e Low default e High 4 Touch the Save button to save the ringer volume setting Set rings to answer The rings to answer setting determines the number of times the phone rings before the call is answered by the fax accessory E NOTE The default setting range for rings to answer is country region specific The range of possible rings to answer is limited by country region 1 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button 2 Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Receive Settings e Fax Receive Setup 3 Touch the Rings To Answer drop down menu and then touch the number of rings 1 5 the default is 1 4 Touch the Save button 226 Chapter 12 Fax ENWW Set fax receive speed 1 2 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button Op
134. e USB flash drive Select a file or folder File Name ax File Type Ww Now Folder j Mayay 2010 9 28 73 AM More Options 4 mee the name for the file in the File Name text ai A field and select the file type from the File Type drop down list Select a file or tolder File Name F Documents A File Type 5 ED neroa May 24 2010 11 08 53 AM More Options 5 To configure ae for the document touch gt Save To Us Preview the More Options button pranses l l lllllUlUlUlMl iaiiIi Select a file or tolder i Welcome pat D Filo Type CD roer May 24 2010 9 29 46 AM 6 Touch the Start button to save the file Mayi24 2010 9 29 46 AM More Options Send to e mail The product e mail feature offers the following benefits e Sends documents to one or more e mail addresses e Delivers files in black and white or in color e You can send files in different file formats that the recipient can manipulate 198 Chapter 11 Scan and send documents ENWW In order to use the e mail feature the product needs to be connected to a valid SMTP local area network that includes Internet access Supported protocols SMTP LDAP The product supports Simple Mail Transfer Protocol SMTP and Lightweight Directory Access Protocol LDAP EA SMIP is a set of rules that detine the interaction between programs that send and receive e mail In order for the product to send documents to e mail it mu
135. e desired copy options ee a ae ee Touch the Start button After each page is scanned the control panel prompts you for more pages 8 If the job contains more pages load the next page and then touch the Scan button The product temporarily saves all the scanned images Touch the Finish button to finish printing the copies 190 Chapter 10 Copy ENWW 11 Scan and send documents e Setup scan send features e Use scan send functions e Send a scanned document ENWW 191 Set up scan send features 192 The product offers the following scan and send features e Scan and save files to a folder on your network e Scan and save files to the product hard drive e Scan and save files to a USB flash drive e Scan and send documents to one or more e mail addresses Some scan and send features are not available on the product control panel until you use the HP Embedded Web Server to enable them Ef NOTE To find detailed information about using the HP Embedded Web Server click the Help link in the upper right corner of each HP Embedded Web Server page 1 Open a Web page and type the product IP address in the address line 2 When the HP Embedded Web Server opens click the Scan Digital Send tab 3 If you did not previously use the HP Scan to Email Setup Wizard to set up the E mail feature you can a b C E enable it by using the HP Embedded Web Server Click the E mail Setup link Select the
136. e following differences e HP 500 sheet Paper Feeder Tray 3 and cabinet increases the total input capacity to 1100 pages e Analog faxing with the built in HP Analog Fax Accessory 500 CM4540f MFP CC420A This model has the same features as the CM4540 MFP model with the following differences e HP 3 x 500 sheet Paper Feeder Trays 3 4 and 5 and stand increases the total input capacity to 2100 pages e HP 900 sheet 3 bin Stapling Mailbox replaces the 500 sheet output bin e Analog faxing with the built in HP Analog Fax Accessory 500 CM4540fskm MFP CC421A 2 Chapter 1 Product basics ENWW Environmental features ENWW Duplex Print multiple pages per sheet Recycling Energy savings HP Smart Web printing Job storage Save paper by using duplex printing as your default print setting Save paper by printing two or more pages of a document side by side on one sheet of paper Access this feature through the printer driver Reduce waste by using recycled paper Recycle print cartridges by using the HP return process Save energy by initiating sleep mode for the product Use HP Smart Web printing to select store and organize text and graphics from multiple Web pages and then edit and print exactly what you see onscreen It gives you the control you need for printing meaningful information while minimizing waste Download HP Smart Web printing from this Web site www hp com g
137. e instructions on the pages that print Check the print cartridge Check each print cartridge and replace it if necessary if you are having any of the following problems e The printing is too light or seems faded in areas e Printed pages have small unprinted areas e Printed pages have streaks or bands r NOTE If you are using a draft or EconoMode print setting the printing might appear light It you determine that you need to replace a print cartridge print the supplies status page to find the part number for the correct genuine HP print cartridge Type of print cartridge Steps to resolve the problem Refilled or remanufactured print Hewlett Packard Company cannot recommend the use of non HP supplies either cartridge new or remanufactured Because they are not HP products HP cannot influence their design or control their quality If you are using a refilled or remanufactured print cartridge and are not satisfied with the print quality replace the cartridge with a genuine HP cartridge that has the words HP or Hewlett Packard on it or has the HP logo on it Genuine HP print cartridge 1 The product control panel or the supplies status page indicates Very Low status when the cartridge has reached the end of its designated life Replace the print cartridge if print quality is no longer acceptable 2 Visually inspect the print cartridge for damage See the instructions that follow Replace the print cartridge if ne
138. e orientation Onentation EE em Letter File Ty iC ocument a I Send a scanned document 201 Use the address book You can send e mail to a list of recipients by using the address book Depending on how the product is configured you might have one or more of the following address book viewing options e All Contacts Lists all the contacts that are available to you e Personal Contacts Lists all the contacts that are associated with your user name These contacts are not visible to other people who use the product E NOTE You must be signed in to the product to see the Persona Contacts list e Local Contacts Lists all the contacts that are stored in the product memory These contacts are visible to all people who use the product Add contacts to the address book from the product control panel If you are signed in to the product contacts that you add to the address book will not be visible to other people who use the product If you are not signed in to the product contacts that you add to the address book will be visible to all people who use the product NOTE You can also use the HP Embedded Web Server EWS to create and manage the address book 1 From the Home screen touch the E mail button NOTE If prompted type your user name and password 2 Touch the address book button that is next to the To field to open the Address Book screen 3 Touch the Add contact but
139. e printing by using the Manage Supplies menu This is not a recommended option because of the risk of overfilling the toner collection unit which could result in the need to service the product Replace the transfer kit Instructions are included with the transfer kit Install the correct color cartridge in each slot To continue printing in color either replace the supply or reconfigure the product by using the Manage Supplies menu on the control panel Solve problems with supplies 123 Table 7 1 Supplies status messages continued Control panel message Description Recommended action Supplies very low Toner collection unit low Toner collection unit very low Transfer kit low Transfer kit very low Unsupported supply installed Used supply in use 124 Chapter 7 Manage supplies This message appears when at least two supplies have reached the very low threshold Touch the Supplies button to see which supplies are low The actual supply life remaining might vary You do not need to replace the supplies at this time unless print quality is no longer acceptable After an HP supply has reached the very low threshold the HP premium protection warranty for that supply has ended The toner collection unit is almost full The actual supply life remaining might vary You do not need to replace the toner collection unit at this time unless print quality is no longer acceptable The toner collection unit i
140. easinsresnissiirei onneani E Nae E E a 169 Manual color Ot OWS 42 24 sn dat ee r a r e E ET N 170 Use the HP EasyColor OpHON scisaecersccastaanancce scar vsopsansocegaesianoeneceemaanorttsem omens 171 eL E EES E EA E E T E E EEA S T AE E E TT 172 Sample book color INC MING secisresiriniionerenii orienterte iea eee eaa a aiaia Eaei 1 72 PIM COIR SINC e A E E E E 173 PANTONER color MaAIChINg xcdscaeapecncuece xaataasessecanececemenssscneteqtamasena ct menses T eai 173 TO CODY reia E EEEE EE EEEE AAS 175 Use copy OS sisesrscrniresminrna nin ba eed rc tnt a Aaa ates eh vende T a aR aaae 176 O e E E E 176 Caneta COPY O T eara E E ENE E E E E 176 Reduce or enlarge a copy image ccccseeecccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeesaeeeeeessaeeeeeeeaaeneees 177 Gae aco a 0 ae een E E ee 178 Make color copies or black and white copies cccccccccccseeececeseeeeeeseeeeeeseeceeeeaeees 178 Boe STS isc peo ace ee ete sts ose ee se aetna te vo tore ETA E E E 179 CMGI SOOO oct etree 8 enact Mate eabecee eeoent eae ata entecue eeepc tenedetes 179 Optimize the copy image for text or pictures cccccesseeeceeeeseeeseeeeueeeeeeees 179 Check the scanner glass for dirt or smudges ccseeecccecceeseeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeees 179 Adjust the copy lightness darkness cccnatuausteanccniediadaeecnewesate aiusneeautacone 181 Define custom copy settings cccccsesseeeeccceeeee eases eeeeeeeeeeeesaseeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeeseeeeeeeeaaas 183 Set the pa
141. eated in the slot Perform one of these steps e Choose the correct port See the computer or operating system documentation for instructions e Reinstall the software choosing the network installation this time Clean the product To clean the product exterior use a soft water moistened cloth Clean the paper path 1 2 3 4 From the Home screen touch the Device Maintenance button Open the following menus e Calibration Cleaning e Cleaning Page Touch the Print button to print the page The cleaning process can take several minutes When it is finished discard the printed page Clean the scanner glass Over time specks of debris might collect on the scanner glass and white plastic backing which can affect performance Use the following procedure to clean the scanner glass and white plastic backing ENWW Clean the product 279 1 Use the power switch to turn off the product and then unplug the power cord from the electrical socket 2 Open the scanner lid Sem AV 280 Chapter 13 Manage and maintain ENWW 3 Clean the scanner glass and the white plastic backing with a soft cloth or sponge that has been moistened with nonabrasive glass cleaner Dry the glass and white plastic backing with a chamois or a cellulose sponge to prevent spotting CAUTION Do not use abrasives acetone benzene ammonia ethyl alcohol or carbon tetrachloride on any part of the product these can damage t
142. ect paper type 3 Select the corresponding settings in the printer driver Supported glossy paper HP glossy paper product Product code Product size Control panel and print driver settings HP Laser Presentation Paper Q6541A Letter HP soft gloss 120g Soft Gloss HP Laser Presentation Paper Q2546A Letter HP glossy 130g Glossy HP Laser Presentation Paper Q2552A A4 HP glossy 130g Glossy HP Laser Professional Paper Q6542A A4 HP soft gloss 120g Soft Gloss HP Laser Brochure Paper Q6611A Q6610A Letter HP glossy 160g Glossy HP Laser Superior Paper Q6616A A4 HP glossy 160g Glossy HP Laser Photo Paper Glossy Q6607A Q6608A Letter HP glossy 220g HP Laser Photo Paper Glossy Q6614A A4 HP glossy 220g 162 Chapter 8 Print tasks ENWW HP glossy paper product Product code Product size Control panel and print driver settings HP Laser Photo Paper Glossy Q8842A 101 6 x 152 4 mm 4 x 6in HP glossy 220g Ax6 HP Laser Photo Paper Glossy Q8843A 101 6 x 152 4 mm 4 x 6 in HP glossy 220g 10 cm x 15 cm E NOTE In the United States see www hp com go paper for a complete list of HP brand paper Print weatherproof maps and outdoor signs The product can print durable waterproof maps signs or menus by using HP Tough Paper HP Tough Paper is a waterproof tear proof satin finish paper that retains rich vibrant print color and clarity even when exposed to heavy usage or weather This avoids expensive and time consuming lamina
143. eeeceeeeseeeeeeeeesasaeeeeeenas 197 SE TG WOT TAIN E ceca E E E E E E EEEE 198 SUPPOSE NOI COIS sirere rre rE EEE E eee 199 Configure e mail server settings cccccccccseeeccceeeessseeeeeeeeesaeeeeeeeesaeeeeeeeees 199 Send a scanned document to one or more e mail addresses 6 c00eeeees 200 Use ihe address DOOK sorier En EE 202 Add contacts to the address book from the product control panel 202 Send a document to e mail by using the address book 203 TE FOS oann A E E AE O N N AE EE E E 205 S T a E E E AE E A E E A A EA A T E EE 206 AES E e E E E P E O E T PEET NSA E T 206 HP LaserJet Analog Fax Accessory 500 features cccccseecececesseeeeeeeesaeeeeeeeesaeeeesenan 206 Verniy fax O SECM OM ocanecanesarassnscsneneanegsousteninsaaesaensaneqaenesouaeeaacnasaavesdocsanaeieeseaeeeas 207 Required fax selingS egunteacesu tententeseaucaceteaasoantaseneiaicioaumaeansarenanencenteaeomueenuletessauctooee 207 Fan Sa N Z e A E A E A E E EA 208 Set or verify the date and time cccccecccccecseeecceeceeeeeeeeeeeseeeeceseaeeeeeeaas 209 Set or verify the date time format ccccceseccceceesccceeeeeeceeeaneeeeeeaeeeeeeeaas 209 SF WS TON Soca Scere E drs sep E E E A E dents 210 Remote fax COMMGUNCIOM sins anmncccuszosassaaueceetasuncesmpeneciaeeaasknenidesaacaraesaaressancneeeessaase 210 WC OOM IGS E O E E E E N 210 EA SA e e essence arses E TE N TA O A N 210 HP MFP Digital Sending Softw
144. eeeeseeeeeesueeeeeeeaeeees 249 Are you using a phone company voice messaging service or an answering GGUS INS ET EEEE E T E EEEE T E AET 250 Does your phone line have a call waiting feature ccceceececccceeeeeeseeeeeees 250 Check fax accessory status cccccccccceeeecceece eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeceeesseeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeesaeeeeeeeeaaes 250 Fax feature is not operating 2160528 senccrscccssassensoenecteses sesdconetanhsaniissessantedaesieneseaeneteaceons 251 enerala pon eee oe ee ee ne oe oR ee eee eee 251 Problems with receiving faxes cccccccceeeseeecceceeeeeee sess eeeeeeeeeesessseeeeeeeeeeeeasaaeeeeeseeees 252 Problems with sending faxes cccceccccccceeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeesssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeessseeeeseeeeeeees 253 ENON COUE ee at ee ee ene ee E 254 Foceno WSS do serie carters E A E E A E 254 Send fax messages 6 c5cmsadamruiescnssdlnovarsiansaadehacs ses sandeenelamhaoe tian stsantensueaernenss 256 Receive fax messages eee eee 258 RERA OOS AN E TE PE AT E E tes 259 FOK GCV OG seada ie E ee a 259 eUe E le caie 1e E E EE A E E 260 Blocked fax list report ccccccccccceceeecceeceeeeeceeeeeeeeeceeeaeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeesaeeeeeeaas 260 Speed dial list report sssnnnsssnnsssnnsssinssssinssserssrrnssrenssrrensssresssresssresssrns 260 FOCI E ere i Becerra tage EEE a eet AA EE E ees 260 Clear the fax activity log a poct carcass tact suatoaenanecicondioas panononnsnanawaceaneenennscaates 260 Service SOTA GS cre ties cso taco sacan
145. een display Top cover release lever access for clearing jams Handle for the right door access for clearing jams On off button Handle for Tray 1 Tray 2 Tray 3 Handle for lower right door access for clearing jams Storage cabinet Handle for the front cover access to the print cartridges and the toner collection unit Product basics ENWW CM4540fskm MFP ENWW Mailbox output bins HP Stapling Mailbox accessory Document feeder cover access for clearing jams Document feeder input tray Document feeder output bin Control panel with color touchscreen display Top cover release lever access for clearing jams Handle for the right door access for clearing jams On off button Handle for Tray 1 Tray 2 Tray 3 Handle for lower right door access for clearing jams Tray 4 Tray 5 Handle for the front cover access to the print cartridges and the toner collection unit Stapler release lever access to the staple cartridge Product views 7 Back view 1 Interface ports 2 Power connection 8 Chapter 1 Product basics ENWW Interface ports 1 Hi speed USB 2 0 printing port 2 Foreign interface harness for connecting third party devices 3 Local area network LAN Ethernet RJ 45 network port 4 USB port for connecting external USB devices 5 Fax port RJ 1 1 6 EIO interface expansion slot 7 Slot for a cable type security lock Serial number and model number location The model n
146. ees Aboul Hdp Print multiple pages per sheet with Windows 1 On the File menu in the software program click Print Save As Page Setup sj Print Ctrl P ENWW Basic print tasks with Windows 137 2 Select the product and then click the Properties or Preferences button Printer Status Find Printer Type Where Print to File Comment E Manual duplex Page range All section For example type 1 3 5 12 or plsi pls2 pls3 p8s3 Print what Document Iz Zoom Print al pages in range Pages per sheet 1 page Scale to paper size No Scaling 3 Click the Finishing tab caine Elfsct Frisina b Storage Document Options E Print on both sides _ Flip pages up Booklet layout OF y Pages per sheet _ Print page borders Page order Righ Ihen Dowr Oriertaion Portrait D Landscape Rolate by 180 degrees 138 Chapter 8 Print tasks ENWW 4 Select the number of pages per sheet from the Pa g es pe r sh eet d ro p d own i st Advanced Printing Shertculs Paper Quality Effects Finishing Job Storage Color_ Services Document Options A Print on both sides Flp pages up Booklet layout pfi Pages per sheet 2 pages per sheet 6 pages pet sheet J pages per sheet 16 pages per sheet Oriertaticn Portrait D Landscape E Rolate by 180 degrees Aboul Hep
147. eived faxes feature is selected then all incoming faxes will be stored in memory and not printed It is possible to access fax jobs stored in memory through the Open from Device Memory menu Using this menu you can print or delete print jobs while they are stored in memory For additional information about this feature see the Retrieve Job menu description in the product user guide NOTE Retrieved stored faxes can be accessed by entering the Fax Printing menu and changing to the Print all received faxes mode If the Print all received faxes mode is selected then all incoming faxes will be printed Any faxes that are currently stored in memory will also be printed If the Use Fax Printing Schedule mode is selected then faxes will be only printed per the fax printing schedule The fax printing schedule can be set to lockout an entire day 24 hours or lockout a time period during the day Only one lockout period can be set but it can be applied to any number of days The lockout period is setup under the Fax Printing Schedule menu Adding only one type of event into the schedule would make the product behave as Store All Received Faxes or Print All Received Faxes based on the type of single event added i e Single Store Event would cause device to Store All Received Faxes and Single Print Event would cause Print All Received Faxes NOTE When the lockout time ends any faxes that were received and stored during the lockout period are printed a
148. en 25 and 400 Touch the OK button You can also select these options e Auto The product automatically scales the image to fit the paper size in the tray e Auto Include Margins The product reduces the image slightly to fit the entire scanned image within the printable area on the page NOTE To reduce the image select a scaling percentage that is less than 100 To enlarge the image select a scaling percentage that is greater than 100 4 Touch the Start button QE Cofated a Paper Selection j Auto W ENWW Use copy functions 177 Collate a copy job F Color Laserlal CM4A 10 1 From the Home screen touch the Copy button Initial Shad 2 Touch the Collate button or the Staple Collate 29 button Color oon 100 6m Letter i p Gy 1 to 1 sided i T Leter 3 Touch the Collate on Sets in page order option Cotate on Sets in page order O LI Cottate off Pages grouped 4 Touch the Start button Make color copies or black and white copies 1 From the Home screen touch the Copy button 2 Touch the Color Black button 3 Select the color option that you want to use and then touch the OK button 178 Chapter 10 Copy ENWW Copy settings Change copy quality Optimize the copy image for text or pictures 1 From the Home screen touch the Copy button 2 Touch the More Options button and then touch the Optimize Text Picture button 3 Selec
149. en the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Receive Settings e Fax Receive Setup Touch one of the following options from the Fax Receive Speed drop down menu e Fast default v 34 max 33 600 bps e Medium v 17 max 14 600 bps e Slow v 29 max 9600 bps Touch the Save button Set ring interval 1 2 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Receive Settings e Fax Receive Setup Touch the box beneath the Ring Interval heading to open the keypad Enter a value for the ring interval on the keypad and then touch the OK button The default setting for ring interval is 600 Touch the Save button Set ring frequency ENWW 1 2 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Receive Settings e Fax Receive Setup Touch the box beneath the Ring Frequency heading to open the keypad Set fax settings 227 4 5 Enter a value for the ring frequency on the keypad and then touch the OK button The default setting for ring frequency is 68 hz Touch the Save button Enable or disable the fax printing schedule E NOTE Before enabling a fax printing schedule a schedule must be created 1 2 ae ae 10 11 12 E From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Receive
150. eral tab Menu Description Control Panel Administration Menu Alerts AutoSend Control Panel Snapshot Edit Other Links Ordering Information Device Information Shows the menu structure of the Administration menu on the control panel NOTE You can configure settings on this screen but the HP Embedded Web Server provides more advanced configuration options than are available through the Administration menu Set up e mail alerts for various product and supplies events Configure the product to send automated e mails regarding product configuration and supplies to specitic e mail addresses Shows an image of the current screen on the control panel display Add or customize a link to another Web site This link appears in the Other Links area on all HP Embedded Web Server pages Enter specific supplies ordering information to be displayed on the Supplies Status Page For example this information could include the contact information or Web URL for the company from which you purchase supplies Name the product and assign an asset number to it Enter the name of the primary contact who will receive information about the product Use the HP Embedded Web Server 267 Table 13 3 HP Embedded Web Server General tab continued Menu Description Language Set the language in which to display the HP Embedded Web Server information Date and Time Set the date and time or synchronize with a network time server Slee
151. eseseeeeeeceeeeeesaaeeee sees 53 Remove software for Windows cccccccseseeeccceee eee seeeeeee cence senses eeeee cas sae EEEEEEEGEGG AAG EEEEEEEEGaAEEEEEE EES 54 Supported utilities for Windows c cccccccceseneeccece eee eeeeeee ase eeeeeeee see eeeeeesaeeeeeeeesaneeeeeeesaaeeeeeeeeeas 55 FIP Glo J St LCM eoe et seo sue vabe cuca EE A 55 HP Embedded Web Server siicucrerissiarcrsiiieiss nionee en ieaS EE SEANS 55 Software for other operating systems cccseeeesesccceeee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeessseeeeeeeeeesessseeeeeeeeeeessaeeeeeeeees 56 A Use th produc with MOC siisersrssississiscrsrrss stes yrn renei rran rnr AEAEE IAEA 57 ORNE TO M a eo nae ee ee ee eee ee eee 58 Supported operating systems for MAC cccccccceesseeeecceeeeeessseeeeeeeeeeeesaaeeeeeeeseeeaeaaaneees 58 Supported printer drivers for MOC ccccccceeccccceeeecceeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeseeeeseeeeaeeeeeeeanees 58 Install software for Mac operating systems ccccccccceeseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaas 58 Install software for Mac computers connected directly to the product 58 Install software for Mac computers on a wired network 00cccceeeeeeeeeeeees 59 Configure the IP address ate eee ene net me ee ne Cee 59 Install the software ccccccccccccccee esse eeeeeeeeeeeeessseeeeeeeeeeeeessaaeee sees 60 Remove software from Mac operating systems cccccccsseseeseceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeesaeeeeeseeeeeeaas 6
152. etup fs Print Ctrl P 2 Select the product and then click the Print Properties or Preferences button Printer Name ERN Status fii Type BQ Where Comment Py Page range f all Py eureri p Pages 7 Type pai ranges v From the section For example type 1 3 5 12 or plsl pls2 pls3 pes3 Print what Document x Zoom Print All pages in range a Pages per sheet 1 page gt Scale to paper size No Scaling ENWW Additional print tasks with Windows Properties A Find Printer E Print to File Manual duplex 157 3 Click the Job Storage tab 4 1 158 Select a Job Storage Mode option Print a stored job Your job will be printed but net stered on the pinler Job Storage Made Olf Proof ard Hold Persond Job Quick Copy O Stored Job Make Job Private PIN to piir 0000 9999 Job Notification Options x Display Job ID when printing CA inwent Paper Quality Effects Fnshina Job Strage Color _T Semices User Name Username Lustom DBYRD Job Name Automatic Custom lt Avtomatic gt fob name exists Use Job Name i 99 Abou Help bg add a 4 digit persona identification number Job Storage Made Olf Proof ard Hold Persona Job Quick Copy O Stored Job Make Job Private E PIN
153. for all transparencies The product assumes the rest of the pages are of the same type trays Transparency only The product distinguishes between transparencies and non transparencies This setting provides the fastest printing but for some paper types it might reduce print quality 102 Chapter 6 Paper and print media ENWW Select an output bin fskm models only You can configure the product to use different output bins for printing copying and faxing You can also configure the product to sort jobs according to the username associated with each job or to stack all jobs from the lower bin to the upper bin NOTE You can also select output bins from the printer driver Selections that you make in the printer driver override control panel settings 1 Upper Left Bin 2 Middle Left Bin 3 Lower Left Bin 1 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration menu 2 Open each of the following menus e Stapler Stacker Settings e Operation Mode 3 To configure the product to sort jobs into different bins according to product function select the Function Separator option Touch the OK button E NOTE You can also select the Mailbox option to sort jobs according to the username associated with the job Select the Stacker option to stack all jobs into the lower output bin first When the lower bin is full jobs stack into the middle bin and then into the upper bin ENWW Select an output bin fskm models only 1
154. g LAN or internet fax might be enabled When LAN or internet fax is enabled the analog fax accessory is disabled and the fax menu does not display Only one fax feature either LAN fax analog fax or internet fax can be enabled at a time The fax icon displays for either fax feature If you wish to use analog fax when LAN fax is enabled use the HP MFP Digital Sending Software Configuration Utility or the product embedded Web server to disable LAN fax Set or verify the date and time The date and time setting for the fax accessory is the same value as the product date and time setting This information can be entered using the Fax Setup Wizard or by following these steps 1 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button 2 Open the following menus e General Settings e Date Time Settings e Date Time 3 Touch the correct Time Zone setting for your locale 4 Touch the Month drop down menu and select a month 5 Touch the boxes next to the Date drop down menu to enter the day and year from the keypad 6 Touch the boxes below the Time heading to enter the hour and minutes from the keypad and then touch the AM or PM button 7 Touch the Adjust for Daylight Savings feature if necessary 8 Touch the Save button to save the settings Set or verify the date time format ENWW The date and time format setting for the fax accessory is in the same format as the product date and time setting This information can
155. g resolution settings e Standard 100 x 200dpi default e Fine 200 x 200dpi e Supertine 300 x 300dpi 4 Touch the Save button Set fax settings 221 Original sides Notification 222 l 2 4 5 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Send Settings e Default Job Options e Original Sides Touch one of the following options _ sided default e 2 sided Touch the Orientation button to set the page orientation Touch the Save button Notification selects when and how you are notified of the status of an outgoing fax This setting applies to the current fax only To change the setting permanently change the default setting 1 2 From the Home screen touch the Fax menu Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Send Settings e Default Job Options e Notification Touch one of the following notification settings e Do not notify default e Notify when job completes e Notify only if job fails Touch the Print option to receive a printed notification or touch the E mail option to receive an e mail notification If you selected the Print option touch the Save button to complete the notification setup Or Chapter 12 Fax ENWW 6 If you selected the E mail option use the keyboard to type an e mail address Then touch the OK button to complete the notification setup Touch the Include T
156. gh the Fax Setup Wizard screens and make changes to your configuration entries NOTE The settings configured using the Fax Setup Wizard on the control panel override any settings made in the embedded Web server NOTE Ifthe Fax Setup menu settings does not appear in the menu listing LAN fax might be enabled When LAN fax is enabled the analog fax accessory is disabled and the fax menu does not display Only one fax feature either LAN fax analog fax or internet fax can be enabled at a time The fax icon displays for either fax feature If you wish to use analog fax when LAN fax is enabled use the HP MFP Digital Sending Software Configuration Utility to disable LAN fax 212 Chapter 12 Fax ENWW Fax dialing settings Set the fax dial volume Use the Fax Dial Volume setting to control the product s dialing volume level when sending faxes 1 2 4 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Send Settings e Fax Send Setup e Fax Dialing Settings Touch the Fax Dial Volume drop down menu and select one of the following settings e Off e Low default e High Touch the Save button to save the tax volume setting Set the dialing mode The dialing mode setting sets the type of dialing that is used either tone touch tone phones or pulse rotary dial phones To set the dialing mode perform the following steps l 2 ENWW From the
157. gives you specific legal rights and you might also have other rights that vary from country region to country region state to state or province to province HP s limited warranty is valid in any country region or locality where HP has a support presence for this product and where HP has marketed this product The level of warranty service you receive may vary according to local standards HP will not alter form fit or function of the product to make it operate in a country region for which it was never intended to function for legal or regulatory reasons TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW THE REMEDIES IN THIS WARRANTY STATEMENT ARE YOUR SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES EXCEPT AS INDICATED ABOVE IN NO EVENT WILL HP OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR LOSS OF DATA OR FOR DIRECT SPECIAL INCIDENTAL CONSEQUENTIAL INCLUDING LOST PROFIT OR DATA OR OTHER DAMAGE WHETHER BASED IN CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE Some countries regions states or provinces do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages so the above limitation or exclusion may not apply to you THE WARRANTY TERMS CONTAINED IN THIS STATEMENT EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT LAWFULLY PERMITTED DO NOT EXCLUDE RESTRICT OR MODIFY AND ARE IN ADDITION TO THE MANDATORY STATUTORY RIGHTS APPLICABLE TO THE SALE OF THIS PRODUCT TO YOU 328 Appendix B Service and support ENWW HP s Premium Protection Warranty LaserJet print cartridge limited warranty statement This HP product
158. h incoming page 1 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button 2 Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Receive Settings e Default Job Options e Stamp Received Faxes 3 Touch the Disabled option default to disable the stamp or touch the Enabled option to enable the stamp 4 Touch the Save button Set fit to page When selecting a page size to print a fax the product determines the closest page size that matches the intended size from sizes available in the product If the fitto page setting is enabled and the received image is larger than that page size the product attempts to scale the image to fit the page If this setting is disabled an incoming image larger than the page splits across pages 1 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button 2 Open the following menus e Fax Settings Fax Receive Settings e Default Job Options e Fit to Page 3 Touch the Enabled option default to enable fitto page or touch the Disabled option to disable fit to page 4 Touch the Save button ENWW Set fax settings 231 Set the paper selection Use the paper selection feature to specify which tray the paper for the fax is loaded from 1 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button 2 Open the following menus Fax Settings Fax Receive Settings Default Job Options Paper Selection 3 Touch one of the following options Automatic
159. hat might require special handling at end of life The batteries contained in or supplied by Hewlett Packard for this product include the following HP Color LaserJet Enterprise CM4540 MFP Series Type Carbon monofluoride lithium Weight Location On formatter board User removable O la Us tae el LA For recycling information you can go to www hp com recycle or contact your local authorities or the Electronics Industries Alliance www eiae org Environmental product stewardship program 343 Disposal of waste equipment by users in private households in the European Union This symbol on the product or on its packaging indicates that this product must not be disposed of with your other household waste Instead it is your responsibility to dispose of your waste equipment by handing it over to a designated collection point for the recycling of waste electrical and electronic equipment The separate collection and recycling of your waste equipment at the time of disposal will help to conserve natural resources and ensure that it is recycled in a manner that protects human health and the environment For more information about where you can drop off your waste equipment for recycling please contact your local city office your household waste disposal service or the shop where you purchased the product Chemical substances HP is committed to providing our customers with information about the chemical substances in our products a
160. hat the door is completely open 2 Grasp the top of the toner collection unit and remove it from the product 3 Place the attached cap over the opening at the top of the unit ENWW Replacement instructions 113 4 5 114 Remove the new toner collection unit from its packaging Insert the bottom of the new unit into the product first and then push the top of the unit until it clicks into place Close the front door NOTE Ifthe toner collection unit is not installed correctly the front door does not close completely To recycle the used toner collection unit follow the instructions included with the new toner collection unit Chapter 7 Manage supplies ENWW Replace the staple cartridge 1 Lift the gray latch on the front of the stapler and open the stapler cover 2 Lift the green tab on the staple cartridge up and then pull the staple cartridge straight out 3 Insert the new staple cartridge into the stapler and push down on the green handle until it snaps into place 4 Close the stapler cover ENWW i Tal 6 Replacement instructions 115 Solve problems with supplies Check the print cartridges Check the print cartridge and replace it if necessary if you are having any of the following problems e The printing is too light or seems faded in areas e Printed pages have small unprinted areas e _ Printed pages have streaks or bands r NOTE If you are
161. he driver is selected e You are using a generic printer driver when using a USB connection The printer driver is not listed in the Print amp Fax list 1 Make sure that the product GZ file is in the following hard drive folder Library Printers PPDs Contents Resources lf necessary reinstall the software 2 Ifthe GZ file is in the folder the PPD tile might be corrupt Delete the tile and then reinstall the software The product name does not appear in the product list in the Print amp Fax list 1 Make sure that the cables are connected correctly and the product is on 2 Print a configuration page to check the product name Verify that the name on the configuration page matches the product name in the Print amp Fax list 3 Replace the USB or network cable with a high quality cable The printer driver does not automatically set up the selected product in the Print amp Fax list 1 Make sure that the cables are connected correctly and the product is on 2 Make sure that the product GZ file is in the following hard drive folder Library Printers PPDs Contents Resources lf necessary reinstall the software 3 Ifthe GZ file is in the folder the PPD tile might be corrupt Delete the file and then reinstall the sottware 4 Replace the USB or network cable with a high quality cable ENWW Solve product software problems with Mac 319 A print job was not sent to the product that you wanted 1 2 Open the print
162. he HP Postscript printer driver for Mac HP EasyColor technology scans all documents and automatically adjusts all photographic images with the same improved photographic results In the following example the images on the left were created without using the HP EasyColor option The images on the right show the enhancements that result from using the HP EasyColor option Bring your photos to LIFE Bring your photos to LIFE powered by hp EasyColor and the UPD The HP EasyColor option is enabled by default in both the HP PCL 6 printer driver and the HP Mac Postscript printer driver so you do not need to make manual color adjustments To disable the option so you can manually adjust the color settings open the Color tab in the Windows driver or the Color Quality Options tab in the Mac driver and then click the HP EasyColor check box to clear it ias Advanced Printing Shertculs Paper Quality Effects Finishing Color Seivices Color Options Automatic F Pirk in Grayscale F HP EasyCotor Color Themes AGB color Defaut AGB Cancel ENWW Adjust color 171 Match colors The process of matching product output color to your computer screen is quite complex because printers and computer monitors use different methods of producing color Monitors display colors by light pixels using an RGB red green blue color process but printers print colors using a CMYK cyan magenta yel
163. he control panel ENWW Use the control panel Administration menus to manually set an IPv4 address subnet mask and default gateway 1 2 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button Open each of the following menus b Network Settings Embedded Jetdirect Menu TCP IP IPV4 Settings Contig Method Manual Manual Settings IP Address Subnet Mask or Default Gateway Use the keypad to specify the IP address subnet mask or default gateway Connect to a network 79 Manually configure IPv6 TCP IP parameters from the control panel Use the control panel Administration menus to manually set an IPv6 address 1 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button 2 To enable manual configuration open each of the following menus Network Settings b Embedded Jetdirect Menu c TCP IP d IPV6 Settings e Address f Manual Settings g Enable Select the On option and then touch the Save button 3 To configure the address open each of the following menus e Network Settings e Embedded Jetdirect Menu e TCP IP e _ PV6 Settings e Address Use the keypad to enter the address NOTE Ifyou are using the arrow buttons you must press the OK button after entering each digit 80 Chapter 5 Connect the product ENWW 6 Paper and print media e Understand paper use e Change the printer driver to match the paper type and size in Windows e Supported paper sizes e Supported pape
164. he factory default setting Table 2 5 Scan Digital Send Settings menu First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values E mail Settings Default Save to Network Folder Options Default Save to USB Options NOTE The same options are available for each of these features except where noted E mail Setup NOTE E mail Settings only Default Job Options E mail Setup Wizard Image Preview NOTE You might need to upgrade the firmware to view this menu Default File Name Document File Type Optimize Text Picture Optimize For Output Quality Original Sides Orientation Make optional Require preview Disable preview Select from a list of file types Manually adjust Text Printed picture Photograph High large file Medium Low small file l sided 2 sided Portrait Landscape Book style Flip style Administration menu 27 Table 2 5 Scan Digital Send Settings menu continued First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values 28 Resolution Content Orientation Color Black Original Size Notification Image Adjustment Job Build Blank Page Suppression Chapter 2 Control panel menus Orientation 2 Sided Format Darkness Contrast Background Cleanup Sharpness 600 dpi 400 dpi 300 dpi 200 dpi 150 dpi 75 dpi Portrait Landscape Book style Flip style Auto detect Color Black Gray Black Do not notify No
165. he product Do not place liquids directly on the glass or platen They might seep and damage the product NOTE Carefully clean the small glass strip to the left of the scanner glass Small marks on this glass result in streaks on copies made from the acon feeder 4 Plug in the product and then use the power switch to turn on the product ENWW Clean the product 281 Product updates HP regularly updates features that are available in the product firmware To take advantage of the most current features update the product firmware To download the most recent firmware upgrade go to www hp com go clicm4540mfp _ firmware 282 Chapter 13 Manage and maintain ENWW 14 Solve problems e Self help e Solve problems checklist e _ Restore factory settings e Interpret control panel messages e Paper feeds incorrectly or becomes jammed e Improve print quality e The product does not print or it prints slowly e Solve walk up USB printing problems e Solve connectivity problems e Solve product software problems with Windows e Solve product software problems with Mac ENWW 283 Self help In addition to the information in this guide other sources are available that provide helpful information Use the Control Panel poster This poster contains information on using the buttons and other features available on the product control panel Quick Reference Topics Several Quick Reference Topics for this product are availa
166. he product is set to make Touch the up or down arrows on the scroll bar to see the complete list of available features secured features After you sign out the product restores all options to the default settings The current date and time appear here You can select the format that the product uses to es Buttons on the touchscreen The status line on the touchscreen provides information about the product status Various buttons can appear in this area The following table describes each button Home button Touch the home button to go to the Home screen from any other screen Start button Touch the Start button to begin the action for the feature that you are using NOTE The name of this button changes for each feature For example in the Copy feature the button is named Start Copy Stop button If the product is processing a print or fax job the Stop button appears instead of the Start button Touch the Stop button to halt the current job The product prompts you to cancel the job or to resume it Warning button The warning button appears when the product has a problem but can continue functioning Touch the warning button to see a message that describes the problem The message also has instructions for solving the problem Help button Touch the help button to open the built in online Help system Ooo oe 14 Chapter 1 Product basics ENWW 2 Control panel menus e Control panel menus e Administrati
167. hen select where to print the cover page Click either the Before Document button or the After Document button 4 Inthe Cover Page Type menu select the message that you want to print on the cover page E NOTE To print a blank cover page select the standard option from the Cover Page Type menu Use watermarks with Mac 1 On the File menu click the Print option 2 Open the Watermarks menu 3 From the Mode menu select the type of watermark to use Select the Watermark option to print a semi transparent message Select the Overlay option to print a message that is not transparent ENWW Print with Mac 67 6 From the Pages menu select whether to print the watermark on all pages or on the first page only From the Text menu select one of the standard messages or select the Custom option and type a new message in the box Select options for the remaining settings Print multiple pages on one sheet of paper with Mac A E i 4 6 On the File menu click the Print option Select the driver Open the Layout menu From the Pages per Sheet menu select the number of pages that you want to print on each sheet 1 2 4 6 9 or 16 In the Layout Direction area select the order and placement of the pages on the sheet From the Borders menu select the type of border to print around each page on the sheet Print on both sides duplex with Mac 68 1 2 3 4 Insert enough
168. here else Print dialog box Click Print Print Setup or a similar command on the File menu of the program you are working in to open this dialog box Settings changed in the Print dialog box have a lower priority and do not override changes made in the Page Setup dialog box Default printer driver settings The detault printer driver settings determine the settings used in all print jobs unless settings are changed in the Page Setup Print or Printer Properties dialog boxes Printer control panel settings Settings changed at the printer control panel have a lower priority than changes made anywhere else Change printer driver settings for Mac Change the settings for all print Change the default settings for Change the product configuration jobs until the software program all print jobs settings is closed 1 On the File menu click the Print 1 On the File menu click the Print Mac OS X 10 4 button button 1 From the Apple menu click the Change the settings that you want 2 Change the settings that you want System Preferences menu and on the various menus on the various menus than dlick the Print A Fax icon 3 On the Presets menu click the 2 Click the Printer Setup button Save As option and type a name for the preset 3 Click the Installable Options menu These settings are saved in the Presets menu To use the new settings you must 4 Configure the installed options select the saved preset option every tim
169. hone line adjust for errors Faxes are not printing on the product Cause Solution There is no media in the media input tray Load media Any faxes received while the input tray is empty are stored and will print after the tray has been refilled Schedule Printing of Faxes is set It Schedule Printing of Faxes is enabled faxes will not print until it is disabled The product is either low on toner or has run out of toner The product stops printing as soon as it is low on toner or runs out of toner Any faxes received are stored in memory and print after the toner has been replaced For other product printing problems see the product user guide Incoming call may be a voice call Incoming voice calls usually show up in the call report as a Communication Error 17 As these are voice calls and not a fax error no action is needed to be taken Ensure that those calling you have a voice number that is different from the fax number The incoming fax was interrupted Verify that the fax telephone line does not have an activated call waiting feature A call waiting notice can interrupt a fax call in progress which causes a communication error The Fax Printing Schedule feature is set to Always store faxes Change the Fax Printing Schedule setting to Always print faxes Problems with sending faxes Problem Cause Solution Faxes quit during sending The fax machine to which you are Try sending to another fax machine sending mig
170. ht be malfunctioning Your phone line might not be working Disconnect the fax accessory from the phone jack and connect a phone Try to make a phone call to ensure the phone line is working ENWW Solve fax problems 253 Problem The fax accessory is receiving faxes but is not sending them Outgoing fax calls keep dialing Faxes you send are not arriving at the receiving fax machine Cause Your phone line might be noisy or poor quality A call waiting feature might be active If the fax accessory is on a PBX system the PBX system might be generating a dial tone the fax accessory cannot detect There might be a poor phone connection The fax machine to which you are sending might be malfunctioning Your phone line might not be working The fax accessory automatically redials a fax number if the Redial on Busy option is set to on or if the Redial On No Answer is set on The receiving fax machine might be turned off or might have an error condition such as being out of paper A fax might be in memory because it is waiting to redial a busy number or there are other jobs ahead of it waiting to be sent Solution Try using a lower baud rate to improve the reliability of transmission See maximum baud rate setting Verify that the fax telephone line does not have an activated call waiting feature A call waiting notice can interrupt a fax call in progress which causes a communication error Di
171. humbnail check box to include a thumbnail image with notifications Content orientation Original size ENWW Use the content orientation feature to set how the fax content is oriented on the page For 1 sided pages choose Portrait shortedge on top default setting or Landscape long edge on top For 2 sided pages choose Book style short edge on top or Flip style long edge on top l 2 4 5 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button Open the following menus Touch Portrait default or Landscape for l sided pages Touch Book style or Flip style for 2 sided pages Fax Settings Fax Send Settings Detault Job Options Content Orientation Touch the Save button Use the Original size feature to match your fax content to the size of the original document l 2 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button Open the following menus Touch one of the following options Fax Settings Fax Send Settings Default Job Options Original Size Auto detect default Letter 8 5x11 Mixed Letter Legal Legal 8 5 x 14 Executive 7 25 x 10 5 Statement 8 5 x 5 5 Set fax settings 223 4 e Legal 8 5 x 13 e A4 210x297 mm e A5 148x210 mm e B5 257x182 mm e 16k 197x273 mm e DPostcard JIS 148x200 mm Touch the Save button Image adjustment 1 2 4 5 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button
172. iasaennheneetencenepeusedennenenset 288 Conitrol panel tes Se iy Oe setter ares datageniots anata eettare cease daciionyiestectineadneagectieneltearatenes 288 Control OGG Messages gaara sencaesncnp endear hi EnEn EEE OE aia 288 Paper feeds incorrectly or becomes jammed ccccccceeseeeeececeeseeeeeeceeeeueeeeeeceeeseeeeeeeeesaaeeeeeeess 289 xiv ENWW ENWW The product does not pick up paper sxsgs05e irda tanGedanganiv dort eiotan Gears iedeeceatn eats 289 The product picks up multiple sheets of paper cccceccccccceseeeeecceeeeeeeeseeeeseeeeeeeaanees 289 ESV ERI PADET AMIS anne r T E ATO A ET A 289 A eT AOE ETTE AE EI A E EE E ete ne E E E EE E EE AT 290 Janm OCC onsere E S 290 Clear jams in the document feeder cccccceeccccceeeeeeeceeeaeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaas 292 Clear paper jams in the stapler cccccccceccceesseeeeeeeaeeeecesseeeeeeeaaeeeesenees 293 TOR slapie ams snreee na 294 Clear jams in the output bin area 0c ccceccccceecceeeeeeeceeseeeeeeaeeeeeesseeesenees 297 Clear jams from under the top cover ccccccceseeseccceeeeeeeeceeessuaeeeeeeeeaenees 297 Clegir iGimerin tie nghi COON sonnan ansatancth dea A 299 Bs Fo ah 0 La uteve il Uo al econ ater eee ene oem rer er rite eer me anc Men er 302 Clean jams m Mays 2 S A OLD arn dae rahe T ad aaaeaen 304 Clear jams in the lower right door Trays 3 4 or 5 cceccccceseeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeees 305 Change Cine co Ven munina R
173. icture e Job Build e Blank Page Suppression E NOTE Default job option settings are shared across all fax methods analog LAN and internet fax 220 Chapter 12 Fax ENWW Image preview 1 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button 2 Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Send Settings e Default Job Options e Image Preview 3 The following option is available e Disable preview 4 Touch the Save button Set the outgoing fax resolution EY ENWW The outgoing fax resolution setting determines the maximum resolution supported by the receiving fax The tax accessory uses the highest possible resolution as limited by this setting and the maximum resolution of the receiving fax NOTE Faxes wider than 21 25 cm 8 5 inches are automatically sent by using standard or fine resolution to reduce phone time NOTE The default resolution setting is a lower dpi than previous product model default resolution settings For example previous product models had a default resolution of FINE 200 x 200 dpi NOTE The higher the resolution the longer the transmission time required NOTE LAN fax settings resolution settings vary by vendor and may differ from the settings listed below 1 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button 2 Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Send Settings e Default Job Options e Resolution 3 Touch one of the followin
174. ide helpful hints or shortcuts E NOTE Notes provide important information to explain a concept or to complete a task A CAUTION Cautions indicate procedures that you should follow to avoid losing data or damaging the product A WARNING Warnings alert you to specific procedures that you should follow to avoid personal injury catastrophic loss of data or extensive damage to the product ENWW iv Conventions used in this guide ENWW Table of contents t Pronus DOSE arrira E E EAEAN E E VEAN EENAA 1 PEOGUGT COMPOS ON porearea nen ae Ae E EAA EA EE E E EEE EA E A AE RA 2 Environmental fediUres pace scarlet nncasetisi onedineriacseet sete oorner A Ee N Ee Ener e ESE aeien 3 Accessibility features c cicrecunderesnnsnarntenaadseweoncdaneteeseslaxcenstananpdessnatansnendumintemamadienatelaniasemancets 4 Prodo VIC W 5 ae tactmmae et acoete vetent needa uh EE 5 POM VIC W E otic mideenaetentoee pacaiae eieceqan uneteearepees actus E A J CMASAO MEP rusras ir casper aceon REEE EEEE 5 CMA ATER e E E E senenuee Seasteesen oes 6 CMA AO EKA IVA oe A E E E A 7 BIV OWN earr E E E E E E E E 8 Merges PON naerenn a te E N E r a E E A 9 Serial number and model number location ccccceccccesseccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeueeeeeeaneeeeeas 9 Control panel layout si consiadsvdsuasunoncmnanbaseaanonenteduasnadnaddatonadamiiesstassauniandtexemoantenanaanens 10 Controkpanel HE ID co icsenscasases csadessasdeaaan ieesusain E ed dvieceae ade 11 Touchscreen
175. idge If print quality is no longer acceptable replace the fuser kit Instructions are included with the fuser kit If print quality is no longer acceptable replace the fuser kit Instructions are included with the fuser kit Replace the print cartridge with one that is designed for this product CAUTION The fuser can be hot while the product is in use Wait for the fuser to cool before handling it 1 Open the right door 2 Remove the incompatible fuser 3 Install the correct fuser 4 Close the right door Touch the Supplies button to identity the incompatible supplies Install supplies that are designed for this product 1 Open right door 2 Remove the incompatible transfer unit 3 Install the correct transfer unit 4 Close the right door Solve problems with supplies 121 Table 7 1 Supplies status messages continued Control panel message Description Recommended action Magenta cartridge low Magenta cartridge very low Replace lt color gt cartridge Replace fuser kit Replace supplies 122 Chapter 7 Manage supplies The product indicates when a supply level is low Actual print cartridge life might vary You do not need to replace the print cartridge at this time unless print quality is no longer acceptable The product indicates when a supply level is very low Actual print cartridge life might vary Consider having a replacement print cartridge available to install when p
176. igital and might not be compatible with the fax accessory You need to have access to a standard analog phone line to be able to send and receive faxes Roll over lines A phone system feature where a new call rolls over to the next available line when the first incoming line is busy Try attaching the fax accessory to the first incoming phone line The fax accessory will answer the phone after it rings the number of times set in the rings to answer setting E NOTE Roll over lines can cause problems with the tax accessory s ability to receive faxes Using roll lines with this product is not recommended over Are you using a surge protection device A surge protection device can be used between the wall jack and the fax accessory to protect the fax accessory against electrical power passed through the phone lines These devices can cause some fax communication problems by degrading the quality of the phone signal If you are having problems sending or receiving faxes and are using one of these devices connect the fax accessory directly to the phone jack on the wall to determine whether the problem is with the surge protection device ENWW Solve fax problems 249 Are you using a phone company voice messaging service or an answering machine It the rings to answer setting for the messaging service is lower than the rings to answer setting for the fax accessory the messaging service answers the call and the fax accessory is not able t
177. ign in Some features on the product control panel can be secured so that unauthorized people cannot use them When a feature is secured the product prompts you to sign in before you can use it You can also sign in without waiting for a prompt by touching the Sign In button on the Home screen Typically you use the same user name and password that you use to sign in to your computer on the network Consult the network administrator for this product if you have questions about which credentials to use Atter you have signed in to the product a Sign Out button appears on the control panel To maintain security for the product touch the Sign Out button when you have finished using the product Change default scan send settings from the product control panel 1 194 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button Open the Scan Digital Send Settings menu Select the category of scan and send settings that you want to configure Open the Default Job Options menu and configure the options Touch the OK button to save the settings Chapter 11 Scan and send documents Ap HF Color LaserJlel CASA b Administration ll tor this unit E e O Select a Monu item Reports General Seltings Copy Settings PUTT lration ministration gt ScawDigital Send Settings Administration features to set up or customize the product for your work environment The Initial Setup
178. in HP billing you for the replacement With a customer self repair HP will pay all shipping and part return costs and determine the courier carrier to be used ENWW Customer self repair warranty service 335 Customer support Get telephone support for your country region Country region phone numbers are on the flyer that was in the box with your product or at www hp com support Have the product name serial number date of purchase and problem description ready Get 24 hour Internet support www hp com support clicm4540mtp Get support for products used with a Macintosh computer www hp com go macosx Download software utilities drivers and electronic www hp com go clicm4540mtp_ software information Order additional HP service or maintenance agreements www hp com go carepack Register your product www register hp com 336 Appendix B Service and support ENWW C Product specifications e Physical specifications rs Power consumption electrical specifications and acoustic emissions e Environmental specitications ENWW 337 Physical specifications Table C 1 Product dimensions Product Height Depth Width Weight CM4540 MFP 575 mm 22 6 in 617 mm 24 3 in 827 mm 32 5 in 54 8 kg 120 5 Ib CM4540f MFP 1119 mm 44 1 in 668 mm 26 3 in 849 mm 33 4 in 75 7 kg 166 5 lb CM4540fskm MFP 1119 mm 44 1 in 668 mm 26 3 in 1012 mm 39 8 in 88 6 kg 195 0 Ib Power consumption electrical specifications and acoustic emis
179. in the Open from USB menu 060ce ees 315 SOIVE CONNECTIVITY Problems sacsresiridan arr a E EE TI EA E eee AE 316 Solve direct connect problems sn sssnnnsssnnnnssssnsssssrinssstersssresrssrerssssreressrreessrressen 316 SOVE neIWOrK ProDIEMS iaa r 316 Poor physical Connecho n naron ir na eE Genesee ects O OTE 316 The computer is using the incorrect IP address for the product ceeeeee 316 The computer is unable to communicate with the product ccceseeeeeeeees 317 The product is using incorrect link and duplex settings for the network 317 New software programs might be causing compatibility problems 317 The computer or workstation might be set up incorrectly ccseeceeeeee ees 317 XV The product is disabled or other network settings are incorrect 0008e 317 Solve product software problems with Windows ccccccceseescccceeseeeeeseeeeeeeeeeessseeeeesessaaeeeeeeaas 318 Solve product software problems with Mac ccccccsssseeecceceeesseeeeceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeesussaeeeeeeeeseaaaae ees 319 The printer driver is not listed in the Print amp Fax list cccccccceccccceeesseeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeaee ees 319 The product name does not appear in the product list in the Print amp Fax list 0 000000000 319 The printer driver does not automatically set up the selected product in the Print amp Fax NST soso eae sd ce tet voveeem sane EE E E E ic
180. increases the color saturation in the midtones Use this theme when printing business graphics e Photo The product interprets RGB color as if it were printed as a photograph using a digital mini lab The product renders deeper more saturated colors differently than with the Default sRBG theme Use this theme when printing photos e Photo Adobe RGB 1998 Use this theme with printing digital photos that use the AdobeRGB color space rather than sRGB Turn off color management in the software program when using this theme e None No color theme is used Chapter 9 Color im a Advanced Printing Shortcuts Paper Quality Effects Finishing Color Services Color Options Automatic Manual Settings Print in Grayscale About Help Cancel Apply ENWW Change the color options Change the color options settings for the current print job from the color tab of the printer driver 1 On the File menu in the software program click Print 2 Click Properties or Preferences 3 Click the Color tab 4 Click the Automatic or Manual setting e Automatic setting Select this setting for most color print jobs e Manual setting Select this setting to adjust the color settings independent from other settings E NOTE Changing color settings manually can impact output HP recommends that only color graphics experts change these settings F a Advanced Pri
181. ing e Ifthe preceding setting changes have not improved the VoIP fax reliability contact your VoIP provider for help 248 Chapter 12 Fax ENWW Solve fax problems Is your fax set up correctly Use the following checklist to help identity the cause of any fax related problems you are encountering What type E Are you using the phone cord supplied with the fax accessory This fax accessory has been tested with the supplied phone cord to meet RJ11 and functional specifications Do not substitute another phone cord the analog fax accessory requires an analog phone cord It also requires an analog phone connection Is the fax phone line connector seated in the socket on the fax accessory Make sure that the phone jack is well seated in the socket The connector should be inserted into the socket until it clicks Is the phone wall jack working properly Verify that a dial tone exists by attaching a phone to the wall jack Can you hear a dial tone and can you make a phone call of phone line are you using Dedicated line A standard fax phone number assigned to receive or send faxes NOTE The phone line should be for product fax use only and not shared with other types of telephone devices Examples include alarm systems that use the phone line for notifications to a monitoring companies PBX system A business environment phone system Standard home phones and the fax accessory use an analog phone signal Some PBX systems are d
182. ing Schedule Blocked Fax Numbers Default Job Options Enable Fax Archiving Chapter 2 Control panel menus Fax Receive Speed Incoming Fax Options Schedule Add plus sign Touch this to set up a fax Edit printing schedule if you selected the Use Fax Printing Schedule option Fax Number to Block Notification Stamp Received Faxes Fit to Page Paper Selection Output Bin Sides Type of Fax Job to Archive Fast Medium Slow Always store faxes Always print faxes Use Fax Printing Schedule Print incoming faxes Store incoming faxes Event Time Event Days Do not notify Notify when job completes Notify only if job fails Include Thumbnail Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Automatic Select from a list of the trays Select from a list of the bins l sided 2 sided Send and receive Send only Receive only Table 2 6 Fax Settings menu continued First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Fax Archiving E mail Address Enable Fax Forwarding Type of Fax Job to Send and receive Forward Send only Receive only Fax Forwarding Number Print Settings menu To display At the product control panel select the Administration menu and then select the Print Settings menu In the following table asterisks indicate the factory default setting Table 2 7 Print Settings menu First level Second level Values Manual Feed Enabled Disable
183. ing of Faxes is enabled If Schedule Printing of Faxes is enabled all incoming faxes are stored in memory and not printed When Schedule Printing of Faxes is disabled all stored faxes print You can change the fax receive default settings to modify the way a fax is received These settings include the following options e Selecting the number of rings to answer e Printing date time and page number on faxes stamp e Selecting input paper tray and destination bin e Forwarding faxes to another number e Blocking faxes from certain numbers e Schedule the printing of faxes memory lock e Notification settings Create or delete speed dial lists Speed dial allows you to assign a speed dial name to a single number or a group of numbers and then send a fax to that number or numbers by selecting the speed dial name Create a speed dial list 1 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the LE ol i haa Fax button 2 Touch the Speed Dials button to display the Speed Dial screen ENWW falar K J Sa 2 J ey 0 hala More Options Use Fax 241 Touch a Speed Dial Number Touch the Speed Dial Name box to display the keyboard Type a name for the speed dial Touch the down arrow on the Speed Dial Name box to open the drop down menu Touch the Fax Number option Type a fax number for the Speed Dial Name NOTE To enter additional fax numbers for a speed dial name
184. ing the job the default options are used For complete setup go to ihe embedded Web server by typing e v the network address of the product E ie Aah heme ne Default Job Options Send a scanned document to one or more e mail addresses 1 Place the document face down on the scanner glass or face up in the document feeder 2 From the Home screen touch the E mail button fp iP Seton Laseret cmasao Initial Setup NOTE If prompted type your user name and password 200 Chapter 11 Scan and send documents ENWW 3 Touch the text box next a field to open a keypad NOTE If you are signed in to the product your user name or other default information might appear in the From field If so you might not be able to change it 4 Type the appropriate information for the field To send to multiple addresses separate the addresses with a semicolon or touch the Enter button on the touchscreen keypad after you type each address 5 To change the settings for the document touch the More Options button 6 If fe are sending a two sided document select the Original Sides menu and select the 2 sided option 7 Touch the Start button to begin sending ENWW send E mail nie Preview ty From l TT To ia A From TS TTT Um More Options hia w2d2010 916 29 AM Original Sides Q a t sided Touch the Orientation button to select portraitlandscape and back sid
185. is option is available if the optional hard disk is installed in the product 1 On the File menu in the software program click Print Select the product and then click the Properties or Preferences button 2 3 Click the Job Storage tab 4 Inthe Job Storage Mode area click the Stored Job option or the Personal Job option 5 In the Make Job Private area click the PIN to print option and enter a 4 digit personal identitication number PIN E NOTE To print the job or to delete it you must provide the PIN at the product control panel Receive notification when someone prints a stored job E NOTE Only the person who created the stored job receives notification You do not receive notification when someone prints a stored job that another person has created 1 On the File menu in the software program click Print Select the product and then click the Properties or Preferences button Select the job storage mode that you want 2 3 Click the Job Storage tab 4 5 In the Job Notifications Options area click the Display Job ID when printing option Set the user name for a stored job Follow this procedure to change the user name for a stored job 1 On the File menu in the software program click Print Select the product and then click the Properties or Preferences button Select the job storage mode that you want 2 3 Click the Job Storage tab 4 5 In the User Name area click the User name option to u
186. is warranted to be free trom detects in materials and workmanship This warranty does not apply to products that a have been refilled refurbished remanufactured or tampered with in any way b experience problems resulting from misuse improper storage or operation outside of the published environmental specifications for the printer product or c exhibit wear from ordinary use To obtain warranty service please return the product to place of purchase with a written description of the problem and print samples or contact HP customer support At HP s option HP will either replace products that prove to be defective or refund your purchase price TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW THE ABOVE WARRANTY IS EXCLUSIVE AND NO OTHER WARRANTY OR CONDITION WHETHER WRITTEN OR ORAL IS EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED AND HP SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY SATISFACTORY QUALITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW IN NO EVENT WILL HP OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR DIRECT SPECIAL INCIDENTAL CONSEQUENTIAL INCLUDING LOST PROFIT OR DATA OR OTHER DAMAGE WHETHER BASED IN CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE THE WARRANTY TERMS CONTAINED IN THIS STATEMENT EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT LAWFULLY PERMITTED DO NOT EXCLUDE RESTRICT OR MODIFY AND ARE IN ADDITION TO THE MANDATORY STATUTORY RIGHTS APPLICABLE TO THE SALE OF THIS PRODUCT TO YOU ENWW HP s Premium Protection Warranty LaserJet print
187. ith Windows ccccccceesseeeeceeeeeaeeeeeeeeeasaeeeeeeeeaas 130 Change the number of print copies with Windows cccssseeccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeaas 130 Save custom print settings for reuse with Windows cccccceessseseeceeeeeeeeessseeeeeeeeeeeaeas 131 viii AA Use a printing shortcut with Windows cccccseeceeceeeeeeceesseeeeeesseseeeeueneess 131 Createprining SNOrCUS srine a e skasee 132 Improve print quality with Windows cccccccsecceceseeceeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeueeeeeeseeeeeesaeeeeeaaees 135 Select the page size with Windows 2 scccssaiisaencdiedassinehanih Hocetensetve tierce dsashanean 135 Select a custom page size with Windows s cosscdeacdshelasiee nace aioeinedadasies 135 Select the paper type with Windows ccccccccesecceeeeeecesueeeeeueeeseneeeeennes 135 Select the paper tray with Windows cccccseecceeseeeccesseeeceeeeeseeeseeeeeeneees 135 Select the gloss level with Windows ccccccseseeeeeseeeeecseeeeeeeseeeeeesaeneeeeees 135 Print on both sides duplex with Windows c csccccccesesccecseeeceeeueeeeeeueeeceesseeeeeaeees 136 Print multiple pages per sheet with Windows cccccesseeeeceeeeeaeeeeeeesaseeeeeeeessaneeeeees 137 Select page orientation with Windows sssssnessssesesssseeesssseersssrrerssssressssrerssssrers 139 Set color options with Windows aciuienMetineal conn tate ee a 141 Additional print tasks with Windows ars cxssccasinesiex eaten a
188. ity log To clear the fax activity log complete the following steps 1 On the control panel touch the Administration icon 2 Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Clear fax activity log 3 Touch the Clear button to clear the fax activity log 260 Chapter 12 Fax ENWW Service settings These items in the control panel menus can help with troubleshooting if the corrective action taken under the Error Codes section is unsuccessful They are intended to be used when an HP service representative is assisting you Settings in the Troubleshooting menu Open the Administration menu and then select the Troubleshooting menu Troubleshooting menu settings T 30 Trace The T 30 trace is a printed report which produces a record of all the communications between the sending and receiving fax machines for the last Fax transmission or reception The report has many technical details which are usually beyond the scope of most users However the report contains detailed error codes and other information that might be useful in troubleshooting a particular problem related to sending or receiving a FAX The report contents might be requested by an HP service representative when trying to determine the cause of a problem and will help to determine the appropriate action Transmit Signal LossTransmit Signal Loss This selection compensates for phone line signal loss It is not recommended to modify this setting unless requested to do so by a
189. lays on the product control panel If the fax accessory has just been installed but has not been configured the fax icon is grayed out If this occurs use the instructions that follow to configure the fax accessory Required fax settings After the fax accessory is installed you must configure certain settings before you can use the accessory If these settings are not contigured the fax icon is grayed out These settings include e Country region e Date Time e Company Name e Fax Number e Dialing Prefix optional This information is used in the fax header which is printed on all outgoing faxes E NOTE When first installed the fax accessory might read some of these settings from the product therefore a value may already be set You should check the values to verify that they are set and correct NOTE Inthe U S and many other countries regions setting the date time country region phone number and company name is a legal requirement for fax ENWW Setup 207 Fax Setup Wizard The Fax Setup Wizard guides you through a step by step procedure to configure fax settings that are required to use the fax feature If the settings are not configured the tax feature is disabled The first time the product is turned on with a fax accessory installed access the Fax Setup Wizard by following these steps 1 From the Home screen touch the Initia Setup button 2 Touch the Fax Setup Wizard menu 3 Follow the steps in the Fax
190. le control of IP traffic IPsec provides additional protection through authentication and encryption protocols Kerberos Allows you to exchange private information across an open network by assigning a unique key called a ticket to each user who logs on to the network The ticket is then embedded in messages to identify the sender SNMP v3 Employs a user based security model for SNMP v3 which provides user authentication and data privacy through encryption SSL TLS Allows you to transmit private documents via the Internet and guarantee privacy and data integrity between the client and server applications IPsec batch configuration Provides network layer security through the simple control of IP traffic to and from the product This protocol provides the benefits of encryption and authentication and allows for multiple configurations Install the product on a wired network Configure the IP address 1 Make sure the product is turned on and that the Ready message appears on the control panel display ENWW Connect to a network 75 2 Connect the network cable to the product and to the network 3 Wait for 60 seconds before continuing During this time the network recognizes the product and assigns an IP address or host name for the product 4 At the product control panel touch the Network Address button to identity the product IP address or host name If the Network Address button is not visible you can find the IP address
191. le is working correctly by connecting it to another product Replace the cable if necessary Solve network problems Check the following items to verify that the product is communicating with the network Before beginning print a configuration page from the product control panel and locate the product IP address that is listed on this page Poor physical connection The computer is using the incorrect IP address for the product The computer is unable to communicate with the product The product is using incorrect link and duplex settings for the network New software programs might be causing compatibility problems The computer or workstation might be set up incorrectly The product is disabled or other network settings are incorrect Poor physical connection 1 2 3 4 Verify that the product is attached to the correct network port using a cable of the correct length Verify that cable connections are secure Look at the network port connection on the back of the product and verify that the amber activity light and the green link status light are lit If the problem continues try a different cable or port on the hub The computer is using the incorrect IP address for the product 316 1 Open the printer properties and click the Ports tab Verify that the current IP address for the product is selected The product IP address is listed on the product configuration page If you installed the product using the HP standar
192. leep Delay feature to cause the product to enter sleep mode automatically after a predefined period of inactivity NOTE These features do not affect product warm up time Set sleep mode 1 2 ENWW From the Home screen touch the Administration button Open each of the following menus a Display Settings b Sleep Mode Select one of the following options e Use sleep delay Activates the Sleep Delay feature e Use sleep schedule Activates the Sleep Schedule feature e Use both Use the sleep delay and the sleep schedule Economy settings 275 Set sleep delay 1 2 3 From the Home screen touch the Administration button Open each of the following menus a General Settings b Energy Settings c Sleep Delay Select the appropriate time period and then touch the OK button EY NOTE The default value is 45 minutes Set the sleep schedule 276 E NOTE You must configure the date and time settings before you can use the Sleep Schedule feature If you have already configured the date and time settings you can skip steps 2 and 3 in the following procedure 1 From the Home screen touch the Administration button and then open the General Settings menu 2 Open the Date Time Format menu Configure the following settings e Date Format e Time Format 3 Open the Date Time menu and configure the following settings e Date e lime e lime Zone If you are in an area that uses daylight savings time selec
193. leted until all retries fail or the fax is sent successfully Send a fax by entering numbers manually 1 Place the document in the automatic document feeder ADF or on the scanner glass 2 From the Home screen touch the Fax button You may be prompted to type a user name and password 3 Touch the More Options button Verify that the settings match those of your original When all settings are completed touch the up arrow to scroll to the main Fax screen ENWW Send a document as an attachment soot to an e mail Fax Recipients Speod Dial Code x ses e o o hen ee la JI alal v More Options Use Fax 237 4 Touch the Fax Number box to open the keypad 5 Using the keypad enter a phone number and then touch the OK button 6 Touch the Start icon to send the fax You can either touch the Start icon on the touch screen or press the green Start button on the control panel Send a fax using speed dial VI Preview a Fax Rocipioents Speed Dial Code soj ie e wo J i La Delete Brey v More Options B Jelet ET y pree A 0 oend Fax UOR Preview Tei Fax Recipients oo Speed Dial Code i l i A 00 5656555055 LJ 4 10 F v CD mare options E NOTE Prior to sending a fax using speed dial you must create a speed dial 1 Place the document in the automatic document feeder ADF or on the sc
194. light for more than a few minutes HP policy on non HP print cartridges HewlettPackard Company cannot recommend the use of non HP print cartridges either new or remanufactured r NOTE Any damage caused by a non HP print cartridge is not covered under the HP warranty and service agreements HP fraud hotline and Web site Call the HP fraud hotline 1 877 219 3183 toll free in North America or go to www hp com go anticounterteit when you install an HP print cartridge and the control panel message says the cartridge is non HP HP will help determine if the cartridge is genuine and take steps to resolve the problem Your print cartridge might not be a genuine HP print cartridge if you notice the following e The supplies status page indicates that a non HP supply is installed e You are experiencing a high number of problems with the print cartridge e The cartridge does not look like it usually does for example the packaging differs from HP packaging ENWW Manage print cartridges 109 Replacement instructions Replace print cartridges The product uses four colors and has a different print cartridge for each color black K magenta M cyan C and yellow Y A CAUTION If toner gets on clothing wipe it off with a dry cloth and wash the clothes in cold water Hot water sets toner into fabric r NOTE Information about recycling used print cartridges is on the print cartridge box 1 Open the front door Make
195. lor Usage Prints the color use statistics for the product Fax Reports Fax Activity Log Contains a list of the faxes that have been sent from or received by this product Billing Codes Report A list of billing codes that have been used for outgoing faxes This report shows how many sent faxes were billed to each code Blocked Fax List A list of phone numbers that are blocked from sending faxes to this product Speed Dial List Shows the speed dials that have been set up for this product Last Fax Call Report A detailed report of the last fax operation either sent or received 264 Chapter 13 Manage and maintain ENWW Table 13 1 Reports menu continued First level Second level Description Other Pages Demo Page Prints a demonstration page that highlights the printing capability of the product Color Samples for RGB Prints color samples for different RGB values Use the samples as a guide for matching printed colors CMYK Values Prints color samples for different CMYK values Use the samples as a guide for matching printed colors PCL Font List Prints the available PCL fonts ENWW Print information pages 265 Use the HP Embedded Web Server Use the HP Embedded Web Server to view product status configure product network settings and to manage printing functions from your computer instead of from the product control panel The following are examples of what you can do using the HP Embedded Web Server View product s
196. low and black process Several factors can influence your ability to match printed colors to those on your monitor These factors include e Paper e Printer colorants inks or toners for example e Printing process inkjet press or laser technology for example e Overhead lighting e Personal differences in perception of color e Software programs e Printer drivers e Computer operating system e Monitors and monitor settings e Video cards and drivers e Operating environment humidity for example Keep the above factors in mind when colors on your screen do not perfectly match your printed colors For most users the best method for matching colors on your screen to your product is to print sRGB colors Sample book color matching The process for matching product output to preprinted sample books and standard color references is complex In general you can obtain a reasonably good match to a sample book if the inks used to create the sample book are cyan magenta yellow and black These are usually referred to as process color sample books Some sample books are created from spot colors Spot colors are specially created colorants Many of these spot colors are outside of the range of the product Most spot color sample books have companion process sample books that provide CMYK approximations to the spot color Most process sample books will state which process standards were used to print the sample book In most cases
197. ltem HP Color Laserjet 3 x 500 sheet Paper Feeder and Stand HP LaserJet MFP Analog Fax Accessory 500 Feed roller and separation roller kit for Trays 2 5 Tray 1 roller kit Formatter assembly kit Internal hard disk assembly kit Output bin bezel Document feeder bin extension Secondary transfer roller kit Document feeder feed roller Document feeder pickup roller Document feeder separation pad Document feeder separation pad spring Tray 2 3 4 or 5 Pickup roller for Trays 2 5 Description 1500 sheet paper tray Contains three 500 sheet trays and a stand Provides fax capability for the product This is included with the CM4540f MFP and CM4540fskm MFP models One feed roller and eight separation rollers Pickup roller for Tray 1 Replacement formatter requires you to exchange the previous formatter Replacement HP Encrypted High Performance Hard Disk Replacement bezel for using the standard output bin Replacement long paper extension for the document feeder output bin Replacement roller Replacement roller Replacement roller Replacement separation pad Replacement spring Replacement paper cassette Replacement roller Self replacement options Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory Product number CC42
198. lude any fax session as an entry For example a fax session could be a sent fax received fax or firmware upgrades Depending on the activity there might be fewer than 500 entries in the report unless you sent 500 faxes without receiving any faxes or other completing another activity Solve fax problems If you want to use the log for record keeping purposes you should print the log periodically at least every 500 faxes and then clear it Billing code report The billing code report is a list of the most recent 500 faxes that were successfully sent listed by billing code The following information is provided in this report e Billing code number e Date and time of all faxes that were successfully sent e Identification number e Duration off hook time e Number of pages sent e Result success The database stores the most recent 500 faxes older faxes are deleted from the database If you want to use the report for record keeping purposes you should print the report periodically at least every 500 taxes and then clear it Blocked fax list report The blocked fax list report contains the list of fax numbers that the product has been configured to not receive faxes from Speed dial list report A speed dial list report lists the fax numbers assigned to speed dial names Fax call report The fax call report is a brief report that indicates the status of the last fax that was sent or received Clear the fax activ
199. may cause radio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures Boise Idaho USA August 17 2010 For regulatory topics only European Contact Your Local Hewlett Packard Sales and Service Office or Hewlett Packard GmbH Department HG TRE Standards Europe Herrenberger Strasse 140 D 71034 B blingen FAX 49 703 1 14 3143 www hp com go certiticates USA Contact Product Regulations Manager Hewlett Packard Company PO Box 15 Mail Stop 160 Boise Idaho 83707 0015 Phone 208 396 6000 346 Appendix D Regulatory information ENWW Declaration of Conformity fax models Declaration of Conformity according to ISO IEC 17050 1 and EN 17050 1 Manufacturer s Name Hewlett Packard Company DoC BOISB 0806 02 rel 1 0 Manufacturer s Address 11311 Chinden Boulevard Boise Idaho 83714 1021 USA declares that the product Product Name HP Color LaserJet Enterprise CM4540f MFP HP Color LaserJet Enterprise CM4540fskm MFP Regulatory Model Number BOISB 0806 02 Including CC422A 500 sheet paper feeder and cabinet CC423A 3x500 sheet paper feeder and stand CC424A 900 sheet 3 bin Stapling Mailbox CC425A 1x500 sheet paper feeder BOISB 0703 00 Fax Module Product Options ALL Print Cartridges CE260A CE264X CFO31A CFO32A CFO33A conforms to the following Product Specifications SAFETY IEC 60950 1 2001 EN60950 1 2001 A11 IEC 60825 1 1993 A1 A2 EN 60825 1 1994 A1 A2 Class 1 Laser LED Pr
200. me and allow for greater flexibility in performing defective parts replacement If during the diagnosis period HP identifies that the repair can be accomplished by the use of a CSR part HP will ship that part directly to you for replacement There are two categories of CSR parts 1 Parts for which customer self repair is mandatory If you request HP to replace these parts you will be charged for the travel and labor costs of this service 2 Parts for which customer self repair is optional These parts are also designed for Customer Self Repair If however you require that HP replace them for you this may be done at no additional charge under the type of warranty service designated for your product Based on availability and where geography permits CSR parts will be shipped for next business day delivery Same day or four hour delivery may be offered at an additional charge where geography permits If assistance is required you can call the HP Technical Support Center and a technician will help you over the phone HP specities in the materials shipped with a replacement CSR part whether a defective part must be returned to HP In cases where it is required to return the defective part to HP you must ship the defective part back to HP within a defined period of time normally five 5 business days The detective part must be returned with the associated documentation in the provided shipping material Failure to return the defective part may result
201. n HP service representative as it might render the fax inoperable V34 This setting has two values Normal and Off that control the modem s baud rate The Normal setting allows the modem to select negotiate with the other modem any of the supported baud rates up to 33 600 bps The Off setting sets the baud rate to 14 400 bps This setting remains set until changed Speaker Mode This service setting has two modes Normal and Diagnostic In Normal mode the modem speaker is turned on during dialing through the initial connection and then shuts off For Diagnostic mode the speaker is turned on and remains on for all fax communications until the setting is returned to Normal Settings in the Resets menu Open the Administration menu and then select the Resets menu Resets menu settings Restore Factory Telecom Settings or Restore Default Telecom Settings This selection resets several menu changes back to their default settings This includes the maximum baud rate ring burst off time V 34 speaker mode and transmit signal loss ENWW Solve fax problems 261 Firmware upgrades The firmware on the fax accessory can be updated Fax firmware updates occur as part of an overall product firmware update See the product user guide for more information 262 Chapter 12 Fax ENWW 13 Manage and maintain e Print information pages e Use the HP Embedded Web Server e Use HP Web Jetadmin software e Product security features
202. n Product number Enhanced I O EIO card HP Jetdirect 635n IPv6 IPsec Print J7961G Server USB cable 2 meter standard USB compatible device C6518A connector Customer self repair parts The following Customer Self Repair parts are available for your product e Parts listed as Mandatory self replacement are to be installed by customers unless you are willing to pay HP service personnel to pertorm the repair For these parts on site or return to depot support is not provided under your HP product warranty e Parts listed as Optional self replacement may be installed by HP service personnel at your request for no additional charge during the product warranty period E amp Y NOTE For more information go to www hp com go learnaboutsupplies Table A 1 Customer self repair parts Item Description Self replacement Product number Part number options HP Color LaserJet black Standard black cartridge Mandatory CE260A CE260 67901 print cartridge ENWW Partnumbers 323 324 Table A 1 Customer self repair parts continued Item Description Self replacement Product number Part number options HP Color LaserJet black High capacity black Mandatory CE264X CE264 67901 print cartridge cartridge HP Color LaserJet cyan Cyan cartridge Mandatory CFO31A CFO31 67901 print cartridge HP Color LaserJet yellow Yellow cartridge Mandatory CFO32A CFO32 67901 print cartridge HP Color LaserJet Magenta cartridge Mandatory CFO33A CFO033 67901 magent
203. n outside line when dialing This prefix number is automatically added to all phone numbers when dialed 216 Chapter 12 Fax ENWW E NOTE You might need a pause between the prefix and the phone number To insert a 2 second pause enter a comma pound sign or a P To add an extension number use X 1 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button 2 Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Send Settings e Fax Send Setup e Fax Dialing Settings 3 Touch the Dialing Prefix text box to display the keypad 4 Type your dialing prefix number on the keypad and then touch the OK button 5 Touch the Save button General fax send settings Activate ENWW Use the General Fax Send Settings menu to configure the following features e Fax Number Confirmation e PC Fax Send e Fax Header e JBIG Compression e Error Correction Mode Fax Number Confirmation When fax number confirmation is enabled the fax number must be entered twice to ensure that it was entered correctly The default setting for this feature is Disabled 1 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button 2 Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Send Settings e Fax Send Setup e General Fax Send Settings 3 Touch the Fax Number Confirmation box to enable fax number confirmation 4 Touch the Save button Set fax settings 217 Enable PC fax send Use the PC fax send feature to se
204. n tested to ensure compatibility with the FaxAbility distinctive ring service for New Zealand Additional FCC statement for telecom products US This equipment complies with Part 68 of the FCC rules and the requirements adopted by the ACTA On the back of this equipment is a label that contains among other information a product identifier in the format US AAAEQ TXXXX If requested this number must be provided to the telephone company The REN is used to determine the quantity of devices which may be connected to the telephone line Excessive RENs on the telephone line may result in the devices not ringing in response to an incoming call In most but not all areas the sum of the RENs should not exceed five 5 0 To be certain of the number of devices that may be connected to the line as determined by the total RENs contact the telephone company to determine the maximum REN for the calling area This equipment uses the following USOC jacks RJ11C 352 Appendix D Regulatory information ENWW An FCC compliant telephone cord and modular plug is provided with this equipment This equipment is designed to be connected to the telephone network or premises wiring using a compatible modular jack which is Part 68 compliant This equipment cannot be used on telephone company provided coin service Connection to Party Line Service is subject to state tariffs If this equipment causes harm to the telephone network the telephone company will notif
205. nayigahon ssisrasrirereisrissrekeniike darnie eana a iE niig aianei 12 Buttons on the touchscreen cccccceeeeccceeeseeeeeeeeeaseeseeeessaeseeeessaseeeeeeeeaaeeeeees 14 2 Coniolp nel Ments seicicoeinteresicrirtereree een E 15 COICO panel WSUS saa RE E E A E EE E A E A AAE E N S 16 PG aA SHU on enU ereere E E E E AE EER A OE RE EEEE E EE EE EE EAE 18 kopan O ee E E pecamenetennerneoainees 18 General SEMIN SCD sigeccnees st aseceisdordaeencideadenobennss nisioen de TE E eiA 19 Copy SOS MENU sects no terre tric acedsierenctoneciheatm cree ange cit Ea aa dE NAET 23 Scon Digital Sena Settings MENU depen yen ct tenty acta eecerecan stent dente eae EE Eai 27 FOG STIS TINS OU sr gse ce A E E E E A E A A T A E E 29 Pato CHIC S MENU seenen a E O E E O 33 PIM ON ONS MENU eie E E snccueequeneateaeaacneaine 34 Display Settings MeD a atc eats ee sieg e ea asec rss oda aa A E E T Eei 35 Manage Supplies MENU ess traciontcoeytocecmncertchadieatecienste atecexedsiOamdioadinmedcmmeancamemaseeatnenaaaseaademneds 37 Manage Trays MENU sirepan E E E cena etnenuee ceeaureansnes 38 Stapler Stacker Settings menu af cscs dee tteregsncetiscsdatesernocnedease tess aeeecde en tesaeosbaecarten 39 ENWW Network Settings IMS IU seisis iiion tennene E E E E ip a enee 39 TROUDIES OS iN NU eet aces eset E E daemons eee 42 Device Maintenance MENU cz aerate reer rtie yia EE ESD EEEE ESEESE E EE EE OEN 45 Backup Restore menu s sssssnussssnesssssrersssrersssrirssrrersss
206. nd faxes from a PC This feature is enabled by default If this feature is disabled use the following steps to enable E NOTE The PC fax send driver must be installed on the computer from where the faxes will be sent 1 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button 2 Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Send Settings e Fax Send Setup e General Fax Send Settings 3 Touch the PC Fax Send box 4 Touch the Save button Fax header Use the fax header feature to control whether the header is appended to the top and content is shifted down or if the header is overlayed on top of the fax image 1 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button 2 Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Send Settings e Fax Send Setup e General Fax Send Settings 3 Touch the Prepend default or Overlay option in the Fax Header section to orientate the fax header 4 Touch the Save button Set the JBIG compression mode 218 Enabling JBIG compression can reduce phone call charges by reducing fax transmission time and is therefore the preferred setting However JBIG might cause compatibility problems when communicating with some older fax machines in which case you might need to disable it r NOTE JBIG compression only works when both the sending and receiving machines have JBIG compression Chapter 12 Fax ENWW To enable or disable JBIG compression perform the foll
207. nect the USB cable until the software installation program prompts you If multiple printers are installed make sure that you have selected the correct printer in the Format For drop down menu in the Print dialog box 320 Chapter 14 Solve problems ENWW A Product supplies and accessories e Order parts accessories and supplies e Part numbers ENWW 32 Order parts accessories and supplies Order supplies and paper www hp com go suresuppl Order genuine HP parts or accessories www hp com buy parts Order through service or support providers Contact an HP authorized service or support provider Order using HP software Use the HP Embedded Web Server on page 266 322 Appendix A Product supplies and accessories ENWW Part numbers Accessories ltem Description Product number HP Color LaserJet 500 sheet Paper 500 sheet paper tray with a storage CC422A Feeder and Cabinet cabinet HP Color LaserJet 3 x 500 sheet Paper 1500 sheet paper tray Contains three CC423A Feeder and Stand 500 sheet trays and a stand HP LaserJet 900 sheet 3 bin Stapling Stapler with a 3 bin output mailbox that CC424A Mailbox holds up to 900 sheets HP Color LaserJet 500 sheet Paper 500 sheet input tray no storage cabinet CC425A Feeder or stand HP LaserJet MFP Analog Fax Accessory Provides fax capability for the product CC487A 500 This is included with the CM4540f MFP and CM4540fskm MFP models Cables and interfaces Item Descriptio
208. nfigured the fax feature is disabled The first time the product is turned on with a fax accessory installed access the fax setup wizard by following these steps 1 From the Home screen touch the Initial Setup button 2 Touch the Fax Setup Wizard menu 3 Follow the steps in the Fax Setup Wizard to configure the required settings 4 When the Fax Setup Wizard finishes the option to hide the Initial Setup button appears on the Home screen Set fax settings 211 Access the Fax Setup Wizard after initial setup through the control panel by following these steps 1 2 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Send Settings e Fax Send Setup e Fax Setup Wizard Follow these steps to configure the required fax settings using the Fax Setup Wizard 1 Touch your country region on the first screen of the Fax Setup Wizard and then touch the Next button Touch the date and time boxes to enter the date time and then touch the Next button Touch the Company Name and Fax Number boxes to enter your company name and fax number and then touch the Next button Touch the Dialing Pretix box to enter your dialing prefix if required and then touch the Next button Confirm your fax configuration settings on the final screen of the Fax Setup Wizard Touch the Finish button to complete the Fax Setup Wizard Or Touch the Back button to move back throu
209. ng 202 adjust copy images 181 Administration menu control panel 18 alerts e mail 64 anticounterfeit supplies 109 automatic paper sensing 102 B Backup Restore menu control panel 45 batteries included 343 billing code report printing 260 billing codes 219 Billing Codes Report description 264 bins output capacity 96 locating 5 black and white copy jobs 178 Blocked Fax List description 264 blocked fax list report printing 260 booklets creating Windows 152 books copying 185 both sides copying 189 ENWW both sides printing on turning on Mac 64 browser requirements HP embedded Web Server 266 browser Web remote configuration 210 business graphics printing 162 buttons control panel touchscreen 14 C cable USB part number 323 Calibrate Cleaning menu control panel 45 call report 260 Canadian DOC regulations 349 cancel copy jobs 176 canceling print job 66 canceling a fax 240 canceling a print request Windows 128 cartridges non HP 109 recycling 109 341 storage 109 warranty 329 cartridges print replacing 110 cautions iii cleaning paper path 279 308 product 279 scanner glass 179 279 clearing log report data 260 CMYK Values description 265 collate copy jobs 178 color adjusting 168 copy jobs 178 Edge Control 170 manage 167 match 172 Neutral Grays 170 Pantone matching 173 print color samples 173 printed vs monitor 172 printing in grayscale Windows 143 sample book matching 172
210. ng feature to forward all received faxes all outgoing faxes or both to another tax number When fax forwarding is enabled the receiving product prints the fax if fax printing is disabled the fax prints when the printing is enabled and also forwards the fax to the fax forward number Set fax settings 233 NOTE To use the Archive to Email Address feature the SMTP server must be configured and responding on the product For information about configuring the SMTP server see the product user guide Enable fax archiving Enable 234 1 2 1 2 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Archive and Forwarding Touch the Enable Fax Archiving box Select one of the following choices from the Type of Fax Job to Archive drop down menu e Send and receive default e Send only e Receive only Touch the Fax Archiving E mail Address text box to open the keypad Type the email address where faxes will be forwarded and then touch the OK button Touch the Save button fax forwarding From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Archive and Forwarding Touch the Enable Fax Forwarding box Select one of the following choices from the Type of Fax Job to Forward drop down menu e Send and receive e Send only e Receive only default Touch the Fax Forwarding Number tex
211. ng from 164 USB scan to 197 user names setting for stored jobs Windows 161 V voice calls and retries 246 VoIP 248 W walk up USB printing 164 Warning button control panel touchscreen 14 warnings iii warranty customer self repair 335 license 332 ENWW Index 363 364 Index ENWW 2010 Hewlett Packard Development Company L P www hp com CC419 9090 1
212. ngs Mac 66 settings Windows 129 stored jobs 158 printing locked faxes 247 printing on both sides settings Windows 136 priority settings 52 63 private jobs storing permanently Windows 161 problem solving e mail alerts 64 messages types of 288 no response 312 slow response 313 product See multifunction product product info 1 product memory sending to 196 product memory scanto 196 proof and hold selecting Windows 159 protocols network 74 PS Emulation drivers 49 pulse dialing setting 213 Q quick copy jobs storing Windows 160 R receiving faxes 241 recipient lists 203 recycling HP printing supplies returns and environmental program 342 recycling supplies 109 ENWW redial interval setting 214 redial on busy setting 215 redial on no answer setting 216 reduce copy jobs 177 regulatory statements environmental product stewardship program 341 remote configuration digital sending utility 211 Web browser 210 Web Jetadmin 210 removing Mac software 61 repeating defects troubleshooting 118 Reports menu control panel 18 required settings country region resize documents Macintosh 67 207 Windows 150 resolution setting 221 restore factory settings 287 restoring detault settings copy 184 retention job modes available 157 setting options Windows 159 right door jams 299 rings to answer 226 ruler repetitive defect 118 S safety statements SAP software 56 save to device memor
213. not shown on the control panel if e mail is not configured w Device Maintenance 3 WA d Diagnose maintain and repair this m ae device r i 2 rA Notwork Address Send a scanned document 199 2 Open the Scan Digital Send Settings menu me Adminstration z a SEA a General Settings o Copy Settings 3 Open the E mail Settings menu Admis tration SS cawhligital Sand Settings JC Select a Monu item Administration The Administration menu contains features to sel up or customize the product for your work environment The Initial Setup selection can be used to set up the product or enable fealures such as networking fax or e sue mail Use the Default Job Options Select a Monu item E mail Settings Save lo Network Folder Settings Sean Digital Send Settings Use the Scan Digital Send Settings menu to configure settings that apply to sending documents through e mail or saving documents to a folder on ihe network or on a USE flash drive O Save To USB Settings Digital Send Service Setup im 4 Ah the E mail Setup Wizard menu and follow the on screen instructions aa Administration gt Scan igital Send Settings gt E mail Setting Select a Menu item E mail Setup Wizard Default Job Options Use these menus to define the default Job options for each function If you do not specify the job options when creat
214. nting Shortcuts Paper Quality Effects Finishing Color Services Color Options Automatic Print in Grayscale Color Themes RGB color Default sRGB I X ca About Help 0K J Cancel Apply 5 Click the Print in Grayscale option to print a color document in black and shades of gray Use this option to print color documents for photocopying or faxing You can also use this option to print draft copies or to save color toner 6 Click the OK button ENWW Adjust color 169 Manual color options 170 Use manual color options to adjust the Neutral Grays Halftone and Edge Control options for text graphics and photographs Table 9 1 Manual color options Setting description Setting options Edge Control e The Edge Control setting determines the rendering e of edges Edge control has two components adaptive halftoning and trapping Adaptive halftoning increases edge sharpness Trapping reduces the effect of color plane misregistration by overlapping the edges of adjacent objects slightly Halftone Halftone options affect color output clarity and resolution Neutral Grays e The Neutral Grays setting determines the method for creating gray colors used in text graphics and photographs e Off turns off both trapping and adaptive halftoning Light sets trapping at a minimal level Adaptive halftoning is on Normal sets trapping at a medium level
215. ntries regions have been applied to this product in addition to those listed above 5 This product uses an analog fax accessory module which Regulatory Model numbers are BOISB 0903 00 US LIU or BOISB 0903 01 EURO LIU as needed to meet technical regulatory requirements for the countries regions this product will be sold 6 5 This product uses an analog fax accessory module which Regulatory Model number is BOISB O703 00 as needed to meet technical regulatory requirements for the countries regions this product will be sold Boise Idaho USA August 17 2010 For regulatory topics only European Contact Your Local Hewlett Packard Sales and Service Office or Hewlett Packard GmbH Department HG TRE Standards Europe Herrenberger Strasse 140 D 71034 B blingen FAX 49 703 1 14 3143 www hp com go certiticates USA Contact Product Regulations Manager Hewlett Packard Company PO Box 15 Mail Stop 160 Boise Idaho 83707 0015 Phone 208 396 6000 348 Appendix D Regulatory information ENWW Safety statements Laser safety The Center for Devices and Radiological Health CDRH of the U S Food and Drug Administration has implemented regulations for laser products manufactured since August 1 1976 Compliance is mandatory for products marketed in the United States The device is certitied as a Class 1 laser product under the U S Department of Health and Human Services DHHS Radiation Pertormance Standard according to the Radia
216. numbers list Delete numbers from the blocked fax list 1 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button 2 Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Receive Settings e Blocked Fax Numbers 3 Touch the number to be deleted from the Blocked Fax Numbers list touch the Delete button and then touch the Save button 4 Touch the OK button to confirm the deletion of the number 5 Repeat steps 3 and 4 to delete more numbers from the Blocked Fax Numbers list or touch the Delete All button and then touch the Save button to delete all numbers from the Blocked Fax Numbers list at once Initiate polling receive ENWW Some fax machines can hold a fax until another fax machine requests that the fax be sent When a product polls another fax machine that is holding a fax and requests that the held fax be sent to the product this is known as polling receive 1 On the control panel touch the Fax icon to display the Fax screen 2 Touch More Options to display the options screen 3 Scroll to page 3 4 Touch Fax Polling to display the Fax Polling screen Set fax settings 229 Touch the text box to display the keyboard Using the keypad type a polling receive number and then touch Start The number entered is dialed If a stored fax is being held at the fax machine dialed that fax is transmitted to the product and printed If no fax is held a No Fax is Available message will be displayed It the fax ma
217. o not override changes made in the Page Setup dialog box Printer Properties dialog box printer driver Click Properties in the Print dialog box to open the printer driver Settings changed in the Printer Properties dialog box usually do not override settings anywhere else in the printing software You can change most of the print settings here Default printer driver settings The default printer driver settings determine the settings used in all print jobs unless settings are changed in the Page Setup Print or Printer Properties dialog boxes Printer control panel settings Settings changed at the printer control panel have a lower priority than changes made anywhere else Chapter 3 Software for Windows ENWW Change printer driver settings for Windows Change the settings for all print jobs until the software program is closed 1 On the File menu in the software program click Print 2 Select the driver and then click Properties or Preferences The steps can vary this procedure is most common Change the default settings for all print jobs 1 Windows XP Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2008 using the default Start menu view Click Start and then click Printers and Faxes Windows XP Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2008 using the Classic Start menu view Click Start click Settings and then click Printers Windows Vista Click Start click Control Panel and then in the category for Hardware and Sound
218. o receive faxes If the rings to answer setting for the fax accessory is lower than that of the messaging service the fax accessory answers all calls and no calls are routed to the messaging service Does your phone line have a call waiting feature It the fax telephone line has an activated call waiting feature a call waiting notice can interrupt a fax call in progress which causes a communication error Ensure that a call waiting feature is not active on the fax telephone line Check fax accessory status It the analog fax accessory does not appear to be functioning print a Configuration page report to check the status 1 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button 2 Open the following menus e Reports e Configuration Status Pages e Configuration page 3 Touch the Print button to print the report or touch the View button to view the report on the screen The report consists of several pages r NOTE The product IP address or host name is listed on the Jetdirect Page On the Fax Accessory Page of the Configuration Page under the Hardware Information heading check the Modem Status The following table identifies the status conditions and possible solutions Operational Enabled The analog fax accessory is installed and ready Operational Disabled The fax accessory is installed and operational however HP Digital Sending utility has either disabled the product fax feature or has enabled
219. o smartweb Use the job storage features to manage print jobs By using job storage you activate printing while you are at the shared product eliminating lost print jobs that are then reprinted Environmental features 4 Accessibility features The product includes several features that aid you with accessibility issues Chapter 1 Online user guide that is compatible with text screen readers Print cartridges can be installed and removed by using one hand All doors and covers can be opened by using one hand Paper can be loaded in Tray 1 by using one hand The control panel display rotates up to adjust the viewing angle Product basics ENWW Product views Front view CM4540 MFP Standard output bin 2 Document feeder cover access for clearing jams 3 Document feeder input tray 4 Document feeder output bin 5 Control panel with color touchscreen display 6 Top cover release lever access for clearing jams 7 Handle for the right door access for clearing jams 8 On off button 9 Handle for Tray 1 10 Tray 2 11 Handle for the front cover access to the print cartridges and the toner collection unit ENWW Product views 6 CM4540f MFP O g U W TN j ig Chapter 1 Standard output bin Document feeder cover access for clearing jams Document feeder input tray Document feeder output bin Control panel with color touchscr
220. oduct GB4943 200 EMC CISPR22 2005 A1 EN55022 2006 A1 Class A 9 EN 61000 3 2 2006 EN 61000 3 3 1995 A1 A2 EN 55024 1998 A1 A2 FCC Title 47 CFR Part 15 Class A 3 ICES 003 Issue 4 GB9254 1998 GB17625 1 2003 TELECOM ES 203 021 FCC Title 47 CFR Part 687 Supplementary Information The product herewith complies with the requirements of the EMC Directive 2004 108 EC and the Low Voltage Directive 2006 95 EC the R amp TTE Directive 1999 5 EC Annex Il and carries the CE Marking accordingly ENWW Declaration of Conformity fax models 347 This Device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two Conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation 1 The product was tested in a typical configuration with Hewlett Packard Personal Computer Systems 2 For regulatory purposes this product is assigned a Regulatory model number This number should not be confused with the product name or the product number s 3 The product meets the requirements of EN55022 amp CNS13438 Class A in which case the following applies Warning This is a class A product In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures 4 Telecom approvals and standards appropriate for the target cou
221. oduct Check the program to make sure that you are using the printer driver for this product The printer driver is on the CD that came with the product You can also download the printer driver from this Web site www hp com support clicm4540mfip Print a short document from a different program that has worked in the past If this solution works then the problem is with the program you are using If this solution does not work the document does not print complete these steps a Try printing the job from another computer that has the product software installed b If you connected the product to the network connect the product directly to a computer with a USB cable Redirect the product to the correct port or reinstall the sottware selecting the new connection type that you are using Factors that affect product performance Several factors affect the time it takes to print a job Maximum product speed measured in pages per minute ppm The use of special paper such as transparencies heavy paper and custom size paper Product processing and download time The complexity and size of graphics The speed of the computer you are using The USB connection The product I O configuration The network operating system and configuration if applicable The printer driver that you are using 286 Chapter 14 Solve problems ENWW Restore factory settings 1 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration menu 2 Open
222. on during the 10 second auto continuable error message overrides the auto continue feature and the button function takes precedence For example pressing the Stop button pauses printing and offers the option to cancel the print job Criticalerror messages Critical error messages inform you of a product failure You can clear some of these messages by turning the product off and then on These messages are not affected by the Auto Continue setting If a critical error persists service is required Control panel messages The product provides robust control panel messaging When a message appears on the control panel follow the on screen instructions to resolve the issue If the product displays an Error or Attention message and no steps are shown to resolve the issue turn the product off then on Contact HP support if you continue to experience issues with the product To get additional information for warnings that appear in the status line touch the Warning button For additional information on a variety of topics touch the Help button in the upper right corner of the home screen 288 Chapter 14 Solve problems ENWW Paper feeds incorrectly or becomes jammed The product does not pick up paper The product picks up multiple sheets of paper Prevent paper jams Clear jams The product does not pick up paper If the product does not pick up paper from the tray try these solutions 1 2 3 Open the produ
223. on menu Device Maintenance menu ENWW Control panel menus The product has many menus on the control panel Home screen to help you perform tasks and configure settings E NOTE To learn about each menu option touch the Help button screen for that option in the upper right corner of the NOTE HP regularly updates features that are available in the product firmware To take advantage of the most current features update the product firmware To download the most recent firmware upgrade go to www hp com go clicm4540mfp_ firmware Table 2 1 Menus on the Home screen Menu Description Initial Setup This menu appears when you first turn the product on Use it to set the language to set the date and time to configure essential fax and e mail settings and to enable the Open from USB feature After you have completed the initial setup you have the option to hide this menu Copy Use this menu to make copies of documents Several options are available for customizing jobs These settings are temporary After you have finished the job the product returns to the default settings Fax Use this menu to send a fax from the product This menu is available only for products that have a fax accessory For this menu to appear on the control panel this feature must be set up by using the Initial Setup menu or by using the HP Embedded Web Server Several options are available for customizing jobs These settings are tempo
224. on the Jetdirect page In a supported Web browser on your computer type the product IP address or host name in the address URL field Chapter 13 Manage and maintain ENWW HP Embedded Web Server features Information tab Table 13 2 HP Embedded Web Server Information tab Menu Device Status Configuration Page Event Log Page Usage Page Device Information Print Printable Reports and Pages Description Shows the product status and shows the estimated life remaining of HP supplies The page also shows the type and size of paper set for each tray To change the default settings click the Change Settings link Shows the information found on the configuration page Shows a list of all product events and errors Use the HP Instant Support link in the Other Links area on all HP Embedded Web Server pages to connect to a set of dynamic Web pages that help you solve problems These pages also show additional services available for the product Shows a summary of the number of pages the product has printed grouped by size type and paper print path Shows the product network name address and model information To customize these entries click the Device Information menu on the General tab Browse to a file on your computer or network and print it Lists the internal reports and pages for the product Select one or more items to print or view General tab ENWW Table 13 3 HP Embedded Web Server Gen
225. onger acceptable The product indicates when a supply level is very low Actual print cartridge life might vary You do not need to replace the print cartridge at this time unless print quality is no longer acceptable After an HP supply has reached the very low threshold the HP premium protection warranty for that supply has ended The product indicates when a supply level is low Actual print cartridge life might vary You do not need to replace the print cartridge at this time unless print quality is no longer acceptable Reinstall the print cartridge or install a new print cartridge If print quality is no longer acceptable replace the print cartridge Consider purchasing a replacement cartridge so it is available when the installed cartridge has reached the end of its estimated life If print quality is no longer acceptable replace the print cartridge Consider purchasing a replacement cartridge so it is available when the installed cartridge has reached the end of its estimated life If print quality is no longer acceptable replace the print cartridge Consider purchasing a replacement cartridge so it is available when the installed cartridge has reached the end of its estimated life Table 7 1 Supplies status messages continued Control panel message Description Recommended action Cyan cartridge very low Fuser kit low Fuser kit very low Incompatible lt color gt cartridge Incompatible f
226. onnect the fax accessory from the phone jack and connect a phone Try to make a phone call to ensure the phone line is working A voice messaging service might be interfering with the fax Do one of the following accessory s ability to answer calls e Discontinue the messaging service e Geta phone line dedicated to fax calls e Decrease the rings to answer for the fax accessory to a number less than the rings to answer for the voice mail Faxes are transmitting or being received very slowly Cause Solution You might be sending or receiving a very complex fax such Complex faxes take longer to be sent or received as one with many graphics Chapter 12 Fax ENWW Faxes are transmitting or being received very slowly Cause Solution The receiving fax machine might have a slow modem speed The fax accessory only sends the fax at the fastest modem speed the receiving fax machine can use The resolution at which the fax was sent or is being received If you are receiving the fax call and ask the sender to is very high A higher resolution typically results in better decrease the resolution and resend the fax If you are quality but also requires a longer transmission time sending decrease the resolution and change the Optimize Text Picture option It there is a poor phone line connection the fax accessory and Cancel and resend the fax Have the phone company check the receiving fax machine slow down the transmission to the p
227. op right Oft On Collate on Sets in page order Collate off Pages grouped Automatic Range X Y 25 400 100 75 50 125 150 200 Table 2 4 Copy Settings menu continued First level Second level Values Paper Selection Image Adjustment Content Orientation Output Bin Optimize Text Picture Pages per Sheet Original Size Darkness Contrast Background Cleanup Sharpness Orientation 2 Sided Format Optimize For Page Order Add Page Borders Borders on Each Page Original Sides Automatic Tray 1 Size Type Tray lt X gt Size Type Portrait Landscape Book style Flip style Book style original Flip style copy Flip style original Book style copy Select from a list of output bins Manually adjust Text Printed picture Photograph One 1 Two 2 Four 4 Right then down Down then right Auto detect Select from a list of sizes that the product supports 1 sided 2 sided Administration menu 25 Table 2 4 Copy Settings menu continued First level Second level Values Edge To Edge Normal recommended Edge To Edge output Job Build Job Build off Job Build on 26 Chapter 2 Control panel menus ENWW Scan Digital Send Settings menu To display At the product control panel select the Administration menu and then select the Scan Digital Send Settings menu In the following table asterisks indicate t
228. options for the other page SRST SE Chapler separater pages Last 9 1 3 513 NOTE All pages nct isted in this table are set to Paper source Aulomaticaly Select a Zs Paper type Unspecfied nr cover malte 200g X Print on both sidas Off Add If Update Special pages delined for this primi job Page Type Pages Paper Source Paper Type Additional Attributes Frint pages on dfleren papel First Tia HP Cover Matle 8 Click the OK button Spach Paget a Special Pages Caveis Pages in document Insert blank or preprnied sheets Fist Chapier separater pages D Last 5 Pages E91 3 513 i NOTE ll pages nct isted in this table are set to Faper source Paper source Automalticaly Select Automatically Select Paper type Unspectied Eee Unspecifred z Print on bolh sidas Off Add Update Special pages delined for this prin job Page Type Pages Paper Source Paper Type Additional Attributes Frint pages on dfleren papel First Tia HP Cover Matie Print pages on Gfleren paper Last Tia HP Cover Matte debe neem ee Cancel Scale a document to fit page size with Windows 1 On the File menu in the software program click Print Save AS Page Setup sf Print Ctrl P 150 Chapter 8 Print tasks ENWW 2 Select the product and then click the Properties or Preferences button 3 Click the Effects tab 4 Select the
229. ow Threshold Settings Very Low Settings Low Threshold Settings Cyan Cartridge Magenta Cartridge Yellow Cartridge Very Low Settings Low Threshold Settings Very Low Settings Low Threshold Settings Very Low Settings Print View Stop Prompt to continue Continue 1 100 Default 10 Stop Prompt to continue Continue 1 100 Default 10 Stop Prompt to continue Continue 1 100 Default 10 Stop Prompt to continue Continue 1 100 Default 10 Stop Prompt to continue Continue Administration menu 37 Table 2 10 Manage Supplies menu continued First level Supply Messages Reset Supplies Second level Toner Collection Unit Color Black Mix Low Message New Document Feeder Kit Third level Fourth level Low Threshold Settings Very Low Settings Values 1 100 Default 10 Stop Prompt to continue Continue Auto Mostly Color Pages Mostly Black Pages On Off No Manage Trays menu To display At the product control panel select the Administration menu and then select the Manage rays menu In the following table asterisks indicate the factory default setting Table 2 11 Manage Trays menu First level Values 38 Use Requested Tray Manually Feed Prompt Size Type Prompt Use Another Tray Alternative Letterhead Mode Blank Pages Chapter 2 Control panel menus Exclusively First Always Unless lo
230. owing steps 1 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button 2 Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Send Settings e Fax Send Setup e General Fax Send Settings 3 Touch the JBIG Compression feature default to enable JBIG compression 4 Touch the Save button Set the error correction mode Ex Normally the fax accessory monitors the signals on the telephone line while it is sending or receiving a fax If the fax accessory detects an error during the transmission and the error correction setting is on the fax accessory can request that the error portion of the fax be sent again Error correction mode is enabled by default You should turn off error correction only if you are having trouble sending or receiving a fax and if you are willing to accept the errors in the transmission and a probable quality reduction in the image Turning off the setting might be useful when you are trying to send a fax overseas or receive one from overseas or if you are using a satellite telephone connection NOTE Some VOIP providers may suggest turning error correction mode off However this is not usually necessary If error correction mode is disabled follow these steps to enable 1 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button 2 Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Send Settings e Fax Send Setup e General Fax Send Settings 3 Touch the Error Correction Mode check box to ena
231. p Schedule Set or edit a wake time sleep time and sleep delay for the product You can set a different schedule for each day of the week and for holidays Backup and Restore Create a backup file that contains product and user data If necessary you can use this file to restore data to the product Solution Installer Install third party software programs that can enhance the product functionality Quick Sets Setup Configure jobs that are available in the Quick Sets area of the Home screen on product control panel Quota Server Setup Connecting to a quota server ensures that each person who uses the product stays within a predetermined range of printed or scanned pages When connected the product queries the server at the start of each job to ensure that the person has pages available Copy Print tab Table 13 4 HP Embedded Web Server Copy Print tab Menu Description Open from USB Setup Enable or disable the Open from USB menu on the control panel Manage Stored Jobs Enable or disable the ability to store jobs in the product memory and configure job storage options Restrict Color Permit or restrict color printing and copying You can specify permissions for individual users or for jobs that are sent from specific software programs Scan Digital Send tab Table 13 5 HP Embedded Web Server Scan Digital Send tab Menu Description Address Book Add e mail addresses into the product one at a time and edit e mail add
232. paper into one of the trays to accommodate the print job On the File menu click the Print option Open the Layout menu From the Two Sided menu select a binding option Chapter 4 Use the product with Mac ENWW Store jobs with Mac You can store jobs on the product so you can print them at any time You can share stored jobs with other users or you can make them private 1 2 On the File menu click the Print option Open the Job Storage menu In the Job Storage Mode drop down list select the type of stored job Proof and Hold This feature provides a quick way to print and proof one copy of a job and then print more copies Personal Job When you send a job to the product the job does not print until you request it at the product control panel If you assign a personal identification number PIN to the job you must provide the required PIN at the control panel Quick Copy If the optional hard disk is installed on the product you can print the requested number of copies of a job and then store a copy of the job on the optional hard disk Storing the job allows you to print additional copies of the job later Stored Job If the optional hard disk is installed on the product you can store a job such as a personnel form time sheet or calendar on the product and allow other users to print the job at any time Stored jobs also can be protected by a PIN To use a custom user name or job name click the Custom button and
233. per size and type for copying on special paper cceecccceeeeeesseeeeeeeeeeeees 183 Restore copy d tauli settings ssssisesisssisssenseciiis sedite pinea rE naa e AES 184 COA DOOK saarra E A E EE E EE A E 185 ON E EE E EE E EE E EEE nena E A E none ew O E EE 186 eae a Or COPY O erne E E 187 Copy mixed size ogha cee a ae ee ee ERE E EEEE 188 Copy on both sides duplex cccccccccccccccc ce eeeee ee eeeeeee ee eeeeee ss eeeeeee see eeeeeseeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaaaeeeeeeaaee es 189 OE Aoede UU Bt 010 genannten Renee ee oe ee ene eee reer eee ee 190 TI Scan and send docUmenis cic rscicanecacencsessennesctnaczcnerssuavscnimusscnuseuransaescomssiecedbecdaesesacdcaseees 191 Set up scan send features cheater pated cpen uc nciorateae dag ccaenacientlnanianee prasad pennies eeeeevantataniennceeesaviant 192 Use scan send functions c cccccececccccececuccececucuccecucucsscueucaeaeseeucacaseueussuseecucasaseususucesacsecusaees 194 ENWW CMM scarce E E inte adn aera e ose scieiso es S E 194 Change default scan send settings from the product control panel cccseeceeeee eens 194 Send a scanned krolelell 11 12 eee eee kate ees ere ae eae ee ae oe E nee ne re 195 Send a scanned document to a network folder cccccccceesseeeceeeessseeeeeeeeeesaeeseeeeeenas 195 Send a scanned document to a folder in the product memory seccccceseecceeeeeeeeees 196 Send a scanned document to a USB flash drive cccccccceeese
234. per sizes 87 Supported paper types 88 Paper type Tray 1 Tray 2 Optional Trays 3 Automatic duplex 4 and 5 printing Plain Paper w we w we HP Matte 105 g m w w w HP Matte 120 g m w w w w HP Matte 160 g m w wv a v HP Matte 200 g m w we we HP Soft Gloss 120 g m w v w w HP Glossy 130 g m v v w w HP Glossy 160 g m w v w w HP Glossy 220 g m v v w w Light 60 74 g m w w w w Midweight 96 110 g m w w v w Heavy 111 130 g m w w we w Extra Heavy 131 175 g m w wv wv v Cardstock 176 220 gm w wv a Mid weight glossy 96 110 g m w w v w Heavy glossy 111 130 g m w w w w Extra heavy glossy 131 175 g m w v v w Card glossy 176 220 g m w w w w Color Transparency w w w Labels w vw wv Letterhead we w w we Envelope w Preprinted v w w we Prepunched we v y v Colored y w w w Bond w w w w Recycled we w w w Rough w v y v HP Tough Paper w w w w Chapter 6 Paper and print media ENWW Paper type Tray 1 Tray 2 Optional Trays 3 Automatic duplex 4 and 5 printing Opaque film w w w we 1 Trays 2 3 4 and 5 can print on this paper in some circumstances but HP does not guarantee results 2 The product can automatically print on both sides for this paper type in some circumstances but HP does not guarantee results ENWW Supported paper types 89 Load paper trays Load Tray 1 A CAUTION To avoid jams never add or remove paper from Tray 1 during printing Open Tray 1
235. print tasks with Windows 135 3 Click the Paper Quality tab 4 In the Print Quality area select the gloss level from the first drop down list Print on both sides duplex with Windows 1 On the File menu in the software program click Print SH Print Ctrl P 2 Select the product and then click the Properties or Preferences button Printer Name Properties operties Status i Find Printer Type Where E Print to File E Manual duplex Page range ll section For example type 1 3 5 12 or pisi pisz pls3 p8s3 Print what Document l Zoom Print Al pages in range Pages per sheet 1 page oo 7 Scale to paper size No Scaling 136 Chapter 8 Print tasks ENWW 3 Click the Finishing tab Document Options EE Print on both sides Flip pages up Booklet layout Of Pages per sheet 1 pags per sheet hd Prnt page borders Page order Right Ihen Dowr Oriertation Portrait D Landscape Rotate by 180 degrees om Aboul m l Hdp J 4 Select the Print on both sides check box Click the OK button to print the job Advanced Fitna hates PanevOuet fects Frnshins Job Storage Color Services Document Options Print on both sides Flip pages up Booklet layout Pages per sheet 1 page per sheet Print page borders Fage order Right then Down Oriertaticn Portrait Landscape E Rotate by 190 degr
236. r and remove any jammed paper 3 Close the document feeder cover 292 Chapter 14 Solve problems ENWW Clear paper jams in the stapler 1 Lift the gray latch on the front of the stapler and open the stapler cover 2 It Sule pg is visible underneath the paper guide pull it straight out ENWW Paper feeds incorrectly or becomes jammed 293 3 Lift the green jam access door If jammed paper is visible under the jam access door pull it straight out 4 Close the stapler cover Clear staple jams 1 Lift the gray latch on the front of the stapler and open the stapler cover 294 Chapter 14 Solve problems ENWW 2 Lift the green tab on the staple cartridge up and then pull the staple cartridge straight out ooo 5 3 Lift up on the small lever at the back of the staple cartridge 4 Remove the jammed staples 5 Close the lever at the back of the staple cartridge Be sure that it snaps into place 295 Paper feeds incorrectly or becomes jammed ENWW 6 Insert the staple cartridge into the stapler and push down on the green handle until it snaps into place 7 Close the stapler cover 296 Chapter 14 Solve problems ENWW Clear jams in the output bin area 1 If paper is visible from the output bin grasp the leading edge and remove it Clear jams from under the top cover 1 Pull the top cover release lever forward and then lift the top cover up ENWW Paper
237. r 12 Fax ENWW Any error that takes place during the fax process regardless of where it originates will be displayed by the product It the fax process is interrupted or an error occurs during a fax transmission or reception a two part status error description is generated by the fax subsystem on the product Normal or successful faxes also generate messages indicating success The message information consists of a text description and a numeric code a few messages don t include numeric codes Only the text part of the message will be displayed on the product control panel however both the text message and numeric code will be listed in the Fax Activity Report Fax Call Report and the Fax T 30 Trace these fax reports can be printed out individually trom the product control panel under the Administration gt Reports gt Fax Reports and Administration gt Troubleshooting gt Fax gt Fax T 30 Trace menus The numeric code is shown in parentheses atter the text part of the message in the reports For example if a communication error occurred the control panel display would show Fax Failed Communication Error The same error would be shown in the Result field in the Fax Activity Report as Communication Error 17 For this example the numeric code associated with this communication error is 17 The numeric code is generated by the fax modem Usually a numeric code of 0 indicates a normal modem response Some messages will alwa
238. r Correction Mode if not already Contact the administrator of the fax machine being polled and verify a fax is available and then retry Have fax resent if the error persists contact service Have the sender resend the fax None Chapter 12 Fax ENWW Fax reports The following sections list the fax reports available on this product These reports can be printed or viewed on the product control panel The following fax reports are available on this product e Fax Activity Log e Billing Codes Report e Blocked Fax List e Speed Dial List e Fax Call Report Use the following steps to print or view a fax report 1 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button 2 Open the following menus e Reports e Fax Reports 3 Touch the log or report to print or view 4 Touch the Print or View button Fax activity log ENWW The fax activity log includes the following information e The fax header information configured on the product e The job number of each fax job e Date and time of all faxes received sent or failed to send e The type of fax job send or receive e Identification phone number if available e Duration off hook time e Number of pages e _ Result successfully sent pending or failed to send which includes error type and code The database stores the most recent 500 fax entries older faxes are deleted from the log The database fax entries inc
239. r Malte 200g X Print on bolh sides Off Add Update Special pages delined for this print job Page Type Pages Paper Source Paper Type Additional Attributes Doble Delete All Advanced Printing Shertouls Paper Guality Effects Finishing Job Storage Color Services Paper Opbons Paper sizex 8 5 x 11 inches Lelter Paper source Automaticaly Select Paper type Urepecified Print Quality Special pages Pevett ImageREt 3600 Prit pages on difeient paper lt pages on different paper cn emenee mmes a peopue cman cote mee Gloss Levet Chapter sepersto pager Defaut Special Pages Covers Pages in document Insert blank ce preprinted sheets Chepler separatcr pages J aes Pages Eg 1 3 5 12 NOTE All pages net isted in this table are set to Paper source Paper source Auulomalicaly Select Automatically Select Paper type Unspectied Eras he Unspecified Print on bolh sides Off Add Update Special pages delined for this print job Page Type Pages Paper Source Paper Type Additional Attributes Dable Delete All _ Cancel speda bages eee _ w Special Pages Pages in document Covers Insert blank ce preprnied sheets _ Cancel Additional print tasks with Windows 149 7 If you are printing both the first and last pages Sextalege e i on different paper aie steps 5 and 6 ail Covers Pages in document selecting the
240. r acceptable After an HP supply has reached its approximated end of life HP s premium Protection Warranty on that supply ends If print quality is no longer acceptable replace the print cartridge Consider purchasing a replacement cartridge so it is available when the installed cartridge has reached the end of its estimated life If print quality is no longer acceptable replace the print cartridge Replace the specified color cartridge Or configure the product to continue printing by using the Manage Supplies menu CAUTION The fuser can be hot while the product is in use Wait for the fuser to cool before handling it 1 Open the right door 2 Grasp the blue handles on both sides of the fuser and pull straight out to remove it 3 Install the new fuser 4 Close the right door Touch the Supplies button to see which supplies need to be replaced Or configure the product to continue printing by using the Manage Supplies menu Table 7 1 Supplies status messages continued Control panel message Description Recommended action Replace toner collection unit Replace transfer kit Supplies in wrong position Supplies low ENWW The product indicates when a toner collection unit is at its estimated end of life The actual life remaining might be different than the estimation Have a replacement toner collection unit available to install when print quality is no longer acceptable The tone
241. r collection unit does not need to be replaced now unless the print quality is no longer acceptable After a toner collection unit has reached its approximated end of life HP s premium Protection Warranty on that toner collection unit ends The product indicates when a transfer kit is at its estimated end of life The actual life remaining might be different than the estimation Have a replacement transfer kit available to install when print quality is no longer acceptable The transfer kit does not need to be replaced now unless the print quality is no longer acceptable After a transfer kit has reached its approximated end of life HP s premium Protection Warranty on that transfer kit ends Two or more print cartridge slots contain the wrong color print cartridge From left to right the print cartridges should be installed in this order e Yellow e Magenta e Cyan e Black This message appears when at least two supplies have reached the low threshold The actual supply life remaining might vary Touch the Supplies button to see which supplies are low You do not need to replace the supplies at this time unless print quality is no longer acceptable After an HP supply has reached the very low threshold the HP premium protection warranty for that supply has ended Replace the toner collection unit It you wish to have the toner collection unit operate past its estimated capacity configure the product to continu
242. r section of this manual However due to differences between individual national PSTNs the product may not guarantee unconditional assurance of successtul operation on every PSTN termination point Network compatibility depends on the correct setting being selected by the customer in preparation of its connection to the PSTN Please follow the instructions provided in the user manual It you experience network compatibility issues please contact your equipment supplier or Hewlett Packard help desk in the country region of operation Connecting to a PSTN termination point may be the subject of additional requirements set out by the local PSTN operator New Zealand Telecom Statements The grant of a Telepermit for any item of terminal equipment indicates only that Telecom has accepted that the item complies with minimum conditions for connection to its network It indicates no endorsement of the product by Telecom nor does it provide any sort of warranty Above all it provides no assurance that any item will work correctly in all respects with another item of Telepermitted equipment of a different make or model nor does it imply that any product is compatible with all of Telecom s network services This equipment may not provide for the effective hand over of a call to another device connected to the same line This equipment shall not be set up to make automatic calls to the Telecom 111 Emergency Service This product has not bee
243. r types e load paper trays e Configure trays e Select an output bin fskm models only ENWW 8 Understand paper use This product supports a variety of paper and other print media in accordance with the guidelines in this user guide Paper or print media that does not meet these guidelines might cause poor print quality increased jams and premature wear on the product For best results use only HP brand paper and print media designed for laser printers or multiuse Do not use paper or print media made for inkjet printers Hewlett Packard Company cannot recommend the use of other brands of media because HP cannot control their quality It is possible for paper to meet all of the guidelines in this user guide and still not produce satisfactory results This might be the result of improper handling unacceptable temperature and or humidity levels or other variables over which Hewlett Packard has no control A CAUTION Using paper or print media that does not meet Hewlett Packard s specifications might cause problems for the product requiring repair This repair is not covered by the Hewlett Packard warranty or service agreements Special paper guidelines This product supports printing on special media Use the following guidelines to obtain satistactory results When using special paper or print media be sure to set the type and size in the printer driver to obtain the best results A CAUTION HP LaserJet products use fusers to
244. rary After you have finished the job the product returns to the default settings E mail Use this menu to scan documents and send them as an e mail attachment For this menu to appear on the control panel this feature must be set up by using the Initia Setup menu by using the HP Scan to Email Setup Wizard during software installation or by using the HP Embedded Web Server Several options are available for customizing jobs These settings are temporary After you have finished the job the product returns to the default settings Save to USB Use this menu to scan documents and save them on a USB flash drive For this menu to appear on the control panel this feature must be set up by using the HP Embedded Web Server Several options are available for customizing jobs These settings are temporary After you have finished the job the product returns to the default settings Save to Network Folder Use this menu to scan documents and save them to a shared folder on the network For this menu to appear on the control panel this feature must be set up by using the HP Embedded Web Server or by using the HP Save to Folder Setup Wizard during software installation Several options are available for customizing jobs These settings are temporary After you have finished the job the product returns to the default settings Open from USB Use this menu to open and print a document stored on a USB flash drive For this menu to appear on the control
245. rect Page matches the IP address for the software port Use one of the following procedures Windows XP Windows Server 1 Click Start 2003 Windows Server 2008 and Windows Vista 2 Click Settings 3 Click Printers and Faxes using the default Start menu view or click Printers using the Classic Start menu view 4 Right click the product driver icon and then select Properties 5 Click the Ports tab and then click Configure Port 6 Verity the IP address and then click OK or Cancel 7 Ifthe IP Addresses are not the same delete the driver and reinstall the driver using the correct IP address Windows 7 1 Click Start 2 Click Devices and Printers 3 Right click the product driver icon and then select Printer properties 4 Click the Ports tab and then click Configure Port 5 Verify the IP address and then click OK or Cancel 6 Ifthe IP Addresses are not the same delete the driver and reinstall the driver using the correct IP address 318 Chapter 14 Solve problems ENWW Solve product software problems with Mac e The printer driver is not listed in the Print amp Fax list e The product name does not appear in the product list in the Print amp Fax list e The printer driver does not automatically set up the selected product in the Print amp Fax list e A print job was not sent to the product that you wanted e When connected with a USB cable the product does not appear in the Print amp Fax list after t
246. resets with Mac Use printing presets to save the current printer driver settings for reuse Create a printing preset 1 2 3 4 5 On the File menu click the Print option Select the driver Select the print settings that you want to save for reuse In the Presets menu click the Save As option and type a name for the preset Click the OK button 66 Chapter 4 Use the product with Mac ENWW Use printing presets 1 On the File menu click the Print option 2 Select the driver 3 In the Presets menu select the printing preset r NOTE To use printer driver default settings select the standard option Resize documents or print on a custom paper size with Mac Mac OS X 10 4 10 5 and 10 6 1 On the File menu click the Page Setup option 2 Select the product and then select the correct settings for the Paper Size and Orientation options Mac OS X 10 5 and 10 6 1 On the File menu click the Print option Use one of these methods 2 Click the Page Setup button 3 Select the product and then select the correct settings for the Paper Size and Orientation options 1 On the File menu click the Print option 2 Open the Paper Handling menu 3 In the Destination Paper Size area click the Seale to fit paper size box and then select the size from the drop down list Print a cover page with Mac 1 On the File menu click the Print option 2 Select the driver 3 Open the Cover Page menu and t
247. resses that have already been saved in the product You can also use the Import Export tab to load a large list of frequently used e mail addresses on to the product all at once rather than adding them one at a time 268 Chapter 13 Manage and maintain ENWW Table 13 5 HP Embedded Web Server Scan Digital Send tab continued Menu E mail Setup Save to Network Folder Setup Save to USB Setup OXPd Workflow Digital Sending Software Setup Description Configure the default e mail settings for digital sending including the following e Settings for the outgoing mail SMTP server e Default settings for E mail Quick Sets jobs e Default message settings such as the From address and the subject line e Settings for digital signatures and encryption e Settings for e mail notifications e Settings for individual and group sign in and permissions e Default scan settings for e mail jobs e Default file settings for e mail jobs Configure the network folder settings for digital sending including the following e Default settings for Quick Sets jobs saved in a network folder e Settings for notifications e Default scan settings for jobs saved in a network folder e Default file settings for for jobs saved in a network folder Contigure the USB settings for digital sending including the following e Default settings for Quick Sets jobs saved on a USB flash drive e Settings for notifications e Default scan settings for jobs saved
248. rint quality is no longer acceptable You do not need to replace the print cartridge at this time unless print quality is no longer acceptable After an HP supply has reached the very low threshold the HP premium protection warranty for that supply has ended The product indicates when a supply level is at its estimated end of life The actual life remaining might be different than the estimation Have a replacement supply available to install when print quality is no longer acceptable The supply does not need to be replaced now unless the print quality is no longer acceptable After an HP supply has reached its approximated end of life HP s premium Protection Warranty on that supply ends The product indicates when the fuser kit is at its estimated end of life The actual life remaining might be different than the estimation Have a replacement fuser kit available to install when print quality is no longer acceptable The fuser kit does not need to be replaced now unless the print quality is no longer acceptable After the fuser kit reaches its approximated end of life HP s premium Protection Warranty on that fuser kit ends Two or more supplies are at the estimated end of life The actual life remaining might be different than the estimation Consider having replacement supplies available to install when print quality is no longer acceptable The supply does not need to be replaced now unless the print quality is no longe
249. rinter drivers provide full printing functionality and access to specitic HP printer features Install software for Mac operating systems Install software for Mac computers connected directly to the product This product supports a USB 2 0 connection Use an A to B type USB cable HP recommends using a cable that is no longer than 2 m 6 5 ft 1 Install the software from the CD 2 Click the product icon and follow the onscreen instructions 3 Click the Close button 4 When the software prompts you connect the USB cable to the product and the computer 5 To configure the product software to recognize the installed accessories complete these steps 58 Chapter 4 Use the product with Mac ENWW 6 Mac OS X 10 4 1 From the Apple menu click the System Preferences menu and then click the Print amp Fax icon 2 Click the Printer Setup button 3 Click the Installable Options menu 4 Configure the installed options Mac OS X 10 5 and 10 6 1 From the Apple menu click the System Preferences menu and then click the Print amp Fax icon 2 Select the product in the left side of the window 3 Click the Options amp Supplies button 4 Click the Driver tab 5 Configure the installed options NOTE For Mac OS X 10 5 and 10 6 the installation procedure should automatically configure the installed options Print a page from any program to make sure that the software is correctly installed EY N
250. roduct Adjust the copy lightness darkness 1 From the Home screen touch the Copy button Save the scanned job to a USB Ji storage device Rewer ASS 2 Touch the Image Adjustment button Default ENWW Copy settings 181 3 Adjust the sliders to set the Darkness level the Image Adjustment Contrast the Sharpness level and the Darkness Contrast Background Cleanup level Touch the OK 0 0 m 0 b utton Lighter Darker Less Background Cleanup Sharpness G5si 5060 of 4 Touch the Start button Letter Q Sides o E 1 to 4 sided i Collate gt S Coated Or ions O Paper Selection i i i hh i DN a 182 Chapter 10 Copy ENWW Define custom copy settings You can use the Administration menu to establish default settings that apply to all copy jobs If necessary you can override most settings for an individual job After that job is complete the product returns to the default settings 1 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration menu 2 Open the Copy Settings menu 3 Several options are available You can configure defaults for all options or for only some options EY NOTE To learn about each menu option touch the Help button in the upper right corner of the screen for that option Set the paper size and type for copying on special paper 1 From the Home screen touch the Copy button fp iP Seton Laserot cmasao 2 Touch
251. rograms The best choice when operating with mixed environments which require the product to be set to PCL 5 UNIX Linux mainframe Designed for use in corporate Windows environments to provide a single driver for use with multiple printer models Preferred when printing to multiple printer models from a mobile Windows computer Recommended for printing in all Windows environments Provides the overall best speed print quality and printer feature support for most users Developed to align with Windows Graphic Device Interface GDI for best speed in Windows environments May not be fully compatible with third party and custom solutions based on PCL5 Download additional printer drivers from this Web site www hp com go clicm4540mtp software 310 Chapter 14 Solve problems ENWW Improve print quality for copies If you encounter print quality problems in copied documents review the solutions for printed documents listed previously in this document However some print quality problems occur only in copied documents e If streaks appear on copies made by using the document feeder clean the small glass strip on the left side of the scanner assembly e If dots or other defects appear on copies made by using the scanner glass clean the scanner glass and the white plastic backing 1 Use the power switch to turn off the product and then unplug the power cord from the electrical socket 2 Open the scanner lid
252. rop down menu The header is being appended to the The fax will append the overlay header This is normal operation top of the page when have overlay to the top of a page when overlay is set enabled when the fax has been forwarded Have a mix of names and numbers in This is normal for both names and Normal no action required the recipients box numbers to appear depending on where they are from the fax address book lists names and all other databases list numbers My one page fax prints as two pages The fax header is being appended to If you want your one page fax to print the top of the fax pushing text to a on one page set the overlay header to second page overlay mode or adjust the Fit to page setting Document stops feeding in the middle of There might be a jam in the ADF If there is a jam see the product user faxing guide for instructions on clearing jams The volume for sounds coming from the The volume setting needs to be adjusted fax accessory is too high or too low Problems with receiving faxes 252 Incoming fax calls are not being answered by the fax accessory no fax detected Cause Solution The rings to answer setting might not be set correctly Check the rings to answer setting The phone cord might not be connected properly or the Check the installation Make sure you are using the phone phone cord is not working cord that came with the fax accessory The phone line might not be working Disc
253. rop off your packaged print cartridge s at any U S Post Office or any FedEx shipping center or store For the location of your nearest U S Post Office please call 1 800 ASK USPS or visit www usps com For the location of your nearest FedEx shipping center store please call 1 800 GOFEDEX or visit www tedex com For more information or to order additional labels or boxes for bulk returns visit www hp com recycle or call 1 800 340 2445 Information subject to change without notice Residents of Alaska and Hawaii Do not use the UPS label Call 1 800 340 2445 for information and instructions The U S Postal Service provides no cost cartridge return transportation services under an arrangement with HP for Alaska and Hawaii 342 Appendix D Regulatory information ENWW Non U S returns Paper To participate in HP Planet Partners return and recycling program just follow the simple directions in the recycling guide found inside the packaging of your new product supply item or visit www hp com recycle Select your country region for information on how to return your HP LaserJet printing supplies This product is capable of using recycled papers when the paper meets the guidelines outlined in the HP LaserJet Printer Family Print Media Guide This product is suitable for the use of recycled paper according to EN12281 2002 Material restrictions ENWW This HP product does not contain added mercury This HP product contains a battery t
254. rtridge e Select the Prompt to continue option to set the product to stop printing including printing faxes and prompt you to replace the cartridge You can acknowledge the prompt and continue printing If you select the Stop or Prompt to continue option the product stops printing when it reaches the Very Low threshold When you replace the cartridge the product automatically resumes printing When the product is set to the Stop or Prompt to continue option there is some risk that faxes will not print when the product resumes printing This can occur if the product has received more faxes than the memory can hold while the product is waiting 108 Chapter 7 Manage supplies ENWW The product can print faxes without interruption when it passes the Very Low threshold if you select the Continue option for color and black cartridges but print quality might degrade Once an HP supply has reached Very Low HP s premium Protection Warranty on that supply has ended Recycle supplies To recycle a genuine HP print cartridge place the used cartridge in the box in which the new cartridge arrived Use the enclosed return label to send the used supply to HP for recycling For complete information see the recycling guide that is included with each new HP supply item Print cartridge storage Do not remove the print cartridge from its package until you are ready to use it A CAUTION To prevent damage to the print cartridge do not expose it to
255. s Yes flip over Gloszy Presentation Factory Delaults 1 page per sheet a COIL Aboul ENWW Basic print tasks with Windows 133 5 Select the print options for the new shortcut Fring hats PapedSua Effects rh Job Steane Coler Seve printing shortcut is a colection of saved print settings that you can select wih a singe click Printing shortcuts General Everyday Printing F m A Pape type Unspecihed X Eco Print Two sided Printing Two sided Duplex Printing Lelter Cadstock Heavy ieeanathe 8 5x13 4x6 Glossy Presentation Factory Delaults m a TBR 18270 mm 16K 1844260 rmm 16K Japanese Postcaid Double Japan Postcaid Rotated 6 Click the Save As button Printing Shertculs printing shortcut is a colection of saved print settings that you can select wih a singe click Printing shortcuts E General Everyday Printing m F Eco Print Two sided Printing Two sided Duplex Printing Cardstock Heavy Glossy Presentation Frint on both sides Yes flip over Factory Delaults Pages per sheet 1 page per sheet v me oe Aboul m 7 Type a name for the shortcut and click the OK ante ETE button o a ii Name Please type a name for the new printing shortcut Legal Size 134 Chapter 8 Print tasks ENWW Improve print quality with Windows Select the page size
256. s maintenance kits 323 print cartridges 323 supplies 323 pause when dialing 236 PBX systems troubleshooting 253 PCL drivers universal 51 PCL Font List description 265 personal jobs storing temporarily Windows 160 phone lines troubleshooting 253 photos copying 186 photos low quality 236 polling 229 portrait orientation selecting Windows 139 ports locating 9 360 Index PostScript Printer Description PPD tiles included 64 power consumption 338 power connection locating 8 power switch locating 5 PPDs included 64 prefix automatic dialing 216 preprinted paper printing Windows 143 presets Mac 66 print cartridges checking for damage 117 memory chips 331 non HP 109 part numbers 323 recycling 109 341 replacing 110 storage 109 warranty 329 print job canceling 66 print jobs storing permanent copies Windows 160 storing permanent private copies Windows 161 storing temporarily Windows 160 storing temporary copies Windows 160 print media loading in Tray 1 90 Print Options menu control panel 34 print quality improving 307 improving Windows 135 print server card installing 277 print settings HP Embedded Web Server 268 Print Settings menu control panel 33 print tasks 127 printer drivers choosing 310 printer drivers Mac changing settings 63 settings 66 printer drivers Windows changing settings 53 settings 129 supported 49 printing from USB storage accessories 164 setti
257. s almost full and the product is configured to stop at this point The actual supply life remaining might vary After an HP supply has reached the very low threshold the HP premium protection warranty for that supply has ended This message appears when the transfer kit reaches the low threshold The actual supply life remaining might vary You do not need to replace the transfer kit at this time unless print quality is no longer acceptable This message appears when the transfer kit has reached the very low threshold The actual supply life remaining might vary You do not need to replace the supplies at this time unless print quality is no longer acceptable After an HP supply has reached the very low threshold the HP premium protection warranty for that supply has ended One of the print cartridges is for a different HP product One of the print cartridges has been previously used To continue printing in color either replace the supply or reconfigure the product by using the Manage Supplies menu on the control panel To continue printing either touch the OK button or replace the toner collection unit Reconfigure the product to continue printing or replace the toner collection unit CAUTION Continuing to print when the toner collection unit is full could damage the product No action is necessary to continue If the print quality is no longer acceptable replace the transfer kit Instructions are included
258. s and if that fails a second one at 14 400 bps During this redial operation a message appears on the control panel to indicate that a redial is in progress 1 2 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Send Settings e Fax Send Setup e Fax Dialing Settings Touch the Redial Interval text box to display the keypad Enter the value 1 5 default is 5 and touch the OK button Touch the Save button Chapter 12 Fax ENWW Set redial on error The Redial on error feature sets the number of times a fax number will be redialed when an error occurs during a fax transmission 1 2 4 5 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Send Settings e Fax Send Setup e Fax Dialing Settings Touch the Redial on error box to open the keypad Enter a value 0 9 default is 2 and then touch the OK button Touch the Save button Set redial on busy The redial on busy setting selects the number of times O through 9 the fax accessory redials a number when the number is busy The interval between retries is set by the Redial Interval setting 1 2 ENWW From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Send Settings e Fax Send Setup e Fax Dialing Settings Touch the Redial On Busy text box to displ
259. s automatically terminated b Restrictions You may not rent lease or lend the HP Software or Use the HP Software for commercial timesharing or bureau use You may not sublicense assign or otherwise transfer the HP Software except as expressly provided in this EULA PROPRIETARY RIGHTS All intellectual property rights in the Software and User Documentation are owned by HP or its suppliers and are protected by law including applicable copyright trade secret patent and trademark laws You will not remove any product identification copyright notice or proprietary restriction from the Software LIMITATION ON REVERSE ENGINEERING You may not reverse engineer decompile or disassemble the HP Software except and only to the extent that the right to do so is allowed under applicable law CONSENT TO USE OF DATA HP and its affiliates may collect and use technical information you provide in relation to i your Use of the Software or the HP Product or ii the provision of support services related to the Software or the HP Product All such information will be subject to HP s privacy policy HP will not use such information in a form that personally identities you except to the extent necessary to enhance your Use or provide support services LIMITATION OF LIABILITY Notwithstanding any damages that you might incur the entire liability of HP and its suppliers under this EULA and your exclusive remedy under this EULA will be limited to the grea
260. s for Windows HP Web Jetadmin HP Web Jetadmin is a simple print and imaging peripheral management software tool that helps optimize product use control color costs secure products and streamline supplies management by enabling remote configuration proactive monitoring security troubleshooting and reporting of printing and imaging products To download a current version of HP Web Jetadmin and for the latest list of supported host systems visit www hp com go webjetadmin When installed on a host server a Windows client can gain access to HP Web Jetadmin by using a supported Web browser such as Microsoft Internet Explorer by navigating to the HP Web Jetadmin host HP Embedded Web Server ENWW The product is equipped with the HP Embedded Web Server which provides access to information about product and network activities This information appears in a Web browser such as Microsoft Internet Explorer Netscape Navigator Apple Safari or Mozilla Firefox The HP Embedded Web Server resides on the product It is not loaded on a network server The HP Embedded Web Server provides an interface to the product that anyone who has a network connected computer and a standard Web browser can use No special software is installed or configured but you must have a supported Web browser on your computer To gain access to the HP Embedded Web Server type the IP address for the product in the address line of the browser To find the IP ad
261. s links for online Support supplies ordering Device Information Shows information about the currently selected product Color Usage Shows the total pages printed the number of pages printed in color and the number of pages printed in black only File Upload Transfers files from the computer to the product Upload Fonts Transfers font files from the computer to the product Update Firmware Transfers a firmware update file to the product Commands Sends special characters or print commands to the product after the print job Printer Settings Trays Configuration Changes the default tray settings Duplex Mode Turns on the automatic two sided printing mode Stored Jobs Manages print jobs that are stored on the product hard disk E mail Alerts Configures the product to send e mail notices for certain events Network Settings Configures the network settings such as the IPv4 and IPv settings 64 Chapter 4 Use the product with Mac ENWW Menu Item Description Supplies Configures how the product should behave when supplies are Management nearing the end of their estimated life Restrict Color Configures color printing restrictions for specific users and software programs NOTE This option is available only after you open the View menu and select the Show Advanced option Protect Direct Ports Disables printing over USB or parallel ports Additional Settings Provides access to the HP Embedded Web Server Supported utilities for
262. s needed to comply with legal requirements such as REACH Regulation EC No 1907 2006 of the European Parliament and the Council A chemical information report for this product can be found at www hp com go reach Material Safety Data Sheet MSDS Material Satety Data Sheets MSDS for supplies containing chemical substances for example toner can be obtained by accessing the HP Web site at www hp com go msds or www hp com hpinto community environment productinfo safety For more information To obtain information about these environmental topics Product environmental profile sheet for this and many related HP products HP s commitment to the environment HP s environmental management system HP s end of life product return and recycling program Material Safety Data Sheets Visit www hp com go environment or www hp com hpinfo globalcitizenship environment 344 Appendix D Regulatory information ENWW Declaration of Conformity Declaration of Conformity according to ISO IEC 17050 1 and EN 17050 1 Manufacturer s Name Hewlett Packard Company DoC BOISB 0806 01 rel 1 0 Manufacturer s Address 11311 Chinden Boulevard Boise Idaho 83714 1021 USA declares that the product Product Name HP Color LaserJet Enterprise CM4540 MFP Regulatory Model Number BOISB 0806 01 Including CC422A 500 sheet paper feeder and cabinet CC423A 3x500 sheet paper feeder and stand CC424A 900 sheet 3 bin Stapling Mailbox CC425A 1x500
263. sa toiminnassa Ala katso s teeseen VARNING Om laserprinterns skyddsh lje ppnas d apparaten r i funktion uts ttas anv ndaren f r osynlig laserstr lning Betrakta ej str len Tiedot laitteessa k ytett v n laserdiodin s teilyominaisuuksista Aallonpituus 775 795 nm Teho 5 m W Luokan 3B laser Substances Table China A HA RR AIRE EL FEL fk ESA i a PH ES BER T HA A eA SD FIC ary JK E NTE ZIRA ZRN HBF BR Pb Hg Cd Cr VI PBB PBDE FJ FI 5 2 X 0 0 0 0 0 R FAL ZA X 0 0 0 0 0 Pem TAK 0 0 0 0 0 0 WEBEL A Ss 0 0 0 0 0 0 RES LA HE X 0 0 0 0 0 fi ES X 0 0 0 0 0 0614 0 ZN FELCH EAT BSAA ARAE PEKA ERKA ED RT SJ T 11363 2006 HY Ril ZK X KARTEL AT ARATE BD ee EB J T SJ T 11363 2006 HY Ril ZK TE S FRA ORE A SBR ee AR EE i BE A ERE BRP A PTT PP EA Restriction on Hazardous Substances statement Turkey Turkiye Cumhuriyeti EEE Y netmeli ine Uygundur ENWW Safety statements 351 Additional statements for telecom fax products EU Statement for Telecom Operation This product is intended to be connected to the analog Public Switched Telecommunication Networks PSTN of European Economic Area EEA countries regions It meets requirements of EU R amp TTE Directive 1999 5 EC Annex Il and carries appropriate CE contormity marking For more details see Declaration of Conformity issued by the manufacturer in anothe
264. sable the detect dial tone setting Try again later Try sending to another fax machine Disconnect the fax accessory from the phone jack and connect a phone Try to make a phone call to ensure the phone line is working This is normal operation If you do not want the fax to retry set Redial on Busy to O and set Redial On No Answer to O Call the recipient to make sure the fax machine is turned on and ready to receive faxes If a fax job is in memory for either of these reasons an entry for the job appears in the fax log Print the fax activity log and check the Result column for jobs with a Pending designation Error codes If a fax problem occurs which prevents or interrupts sending or receiving of a fax an error code is generated that will help in determining the cause of the problem Error codes show up in the fax activity log the fax call report and the T 30 Protocol Trace Print one of these three reports to obtain the error code A detailed description of the error codes and the appropriate action can be found at www hp com by searching for HP LaserJet Analog Fax Accessory 500 Fax error messages When an analog fax is sent or received on an HP LaserJet product any errors that occur during the fax process will be displayed on the product control panel and entered into the fax reports Fax errors can occur for many reasons and often they are due to interruptions or noise on the telephone connection 254 Chapte
265. sal Print Driver HP UPD PCL 6 The printer drivers include online Help that has instructions for common printing tasks and also describes the buttons checkboxes and drop down lists that are in the printer driver E NOTE For more information about the UPD see www hp com go upd ENWW Supported printer drivers for Windows 49 Select the correct printer driver for Windows Printer drivers provide access to the product features and allow the computer to communicate with the product using a printer language The following printer drivers are available at www hp com go clicm4540mtp _ sottware HP PCL 6 driver HP UPD PS driver HP UPD PCL 5 HP UPD PCL 6 Provided as the default driver This driver is automatically installed unless you select a different one Recommended for all Windows environments Provides the overall best speed print quality and productfeature support for most users Developed to align with the Windows Graphic Device Interface GDI for the best speed in Windows environments Might not be fully compatible with third party and custom software programs that are based on PCL 5 Recommended for printing with Adobe software programs or with other highly graphics intensive software programs Provides support for printing from postscript emulation needs or for postscript flash font support Recommended for general office printing in Windows environments Compatible with previous PCL versions and older HP
266. se the Windows default user name To provide a different user name click the Custom option and type the name Specify a name for the stored job Follow this procedure to change the default name for a stored job 1 On the File menu in the software program click Print 2 Select the product and then click the Properties or Preferences button ENWW Additional print tasks with Windows 161 3 Click the Job Storage tab 4 Select the job storage mode that you want 5 To automatically generate the job name associated with the stored document in the Job Name area click the Automatic option The driver uses the document file name if it is available If the document has no file name the driver uses the software program name or a time stamp for the job name To specify a job name click the Custom option and type the name 6 Select an option from the If job name exists drop down list e Select the Use Job Name 1 99 option to add a number to the end of the existing name e Select the Replace Existing File option to overwrite a job that already has that name Print special jobs with Windows Print business graphics or marketing material You can use this product to print marketing and sales material or other color documents on glossy paper To maximize the quality of this output you must do the following 1 Choose the appropriate paper See the following table 2 At the product control panel configure the paper tray for the corr
267. selection can be used to set up the product or enable fealures such as networking fax or e sue mail Use the Default Job Options A The Administration menu contains i E E mail Settings Save lo Network Folder Settings O Save To USB Sottings Digital Send Semice Setup W j oopen eaaa AWDigital Send Setting Ave to Network Folder Settings gt Default Job Options ll Scan Digital Send Settings Use the Scan Digital Send Settings menu to configure settings that apply to sending documents through e mail or saving documents to a folder on the network or on a USE flash drive Image Preview Default Fila Name Document File Type Optimize Text Picture Use these menus to define the default job options for each function If you do not specify the job options when creating the job the default options are used For complete setup go to the embedded Web server by typing the network address of the product ie Aflah beeen ENWW Send a scanned document Send a scanned document to a network folder The product can scan a file and save it in a folder on the network The following operating systems support this feature e Windows Server 2003 64 bit e Windows Server 2008 64 bit e Windows XP 64 bit e Windows Vista 64 bit e Windows 7 64 bit e Novell v5 1 and later access to the Quick Sets folders only E NOTE You might be required to sign in to the product to use this feature The system
268. sheet paper feeder Product Options ALL Print Cartridges CE260A CE264X CFO31A CFO32A CFO33A conforms to the following Product Specifications SAFETY IEC 60950 1 2001 EN60950 1 2001 A11 IEC 60825 1 1993 A1 A2 EN 60825 1 1994 A1 A2 Class 1 Laser LED Product GB4943 200 EMC CISPR22 2005 A1 EN55022 2006 A1 Class A 9 EN 61000 3 2 2006 EN 61000 3 3 1995 A1 A2 EN 55024 1998 A1 A2 FCC Title 47 CFR Part 15 Class A ICES 003 Issue 4 GB9254 1998 GB17625 1 2003 Supplementary Information The product herewith complies with the requirements of the EMC Directive 2004 108 EC and the Low Voltage Directive 2006 95 EC and carries the CE Marking accordingly ENWW Declaration of Conformity 345 This Device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two Conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation 1 The product was tested in a typical configuration with Hewlett Packard Personal Computer Systems 2 For regulatory purposes this product is assigned a Regulatory model number This number should not be confused with the product name or the product number s 3 The product meets the requirements of EN55022 amp CNS13438 Class A in which case the following applies Warning This is a class A product In a domestic environment this product
269. sions See www hp com go clicm4540mfp regulatory for current information A CAUTION Power requirements are based on the country region where the product is sold Do not convert operating voltages This will damage the product and void the product warranty Environmental specifications Environmental condition Recommended Allowed Temperature product and print 17 to 27 C 62 6 to 80 6 F 10 to 30 C 50 to 86 F cartridge Relative humidity 30 to 70 relative humidity RH 10 to 80 RH Altitude N A O m 0 ft to 3000 m 9842 ft 338 Appendix C Product specifications ENWW D Regulatory information e FCC regulations e Environmental product stewardship program e Declaration of Conformity e Declaration of Conformity fax models e Satety statements e Additional statements for telecom fax products ENWW 339 FCC regulations This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmtul interference in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual may cause harmful interference to radio communications Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the in
270. srrrssrrereserrrrsssrresssrreseseereserens 45 Calibralion ledning MENU gener es nee et ne eine eee nO eRe ne eee ee 45 USB Firmware Upgrade Menu sereoreiersranrirorerr eierne ias tenane EE E aa touueeenaesceuieetecincoe 46 SEVICE MENU areri ra RE e E A N EE EE E E EEE E E EE 46 3 SOMWOre lor WINDOWS scasedicccinscaipscieciacsncadenneviusaivedwennerdaacteeiedaasensindesdytinchdsotyaautsaeacusieaed 47 Supported operating systems for Windows cccccccceeeeeesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeessseeeseeeeeeeeeeeesssaeeeeeeeeeeees 48 Supported printer drivers for Windows cccccccccccceeeeeecceeceeeeceeeeeeeeeeceesaeeeeeesseeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeaas 49 Select the correct printer driver for Windows ccceccccceeeeeecceeeseeeeeeeeeeeseeeceeeeeeseaeeeseeesaeeeeeeeeeaas 50 HP Universal Print Driver UPD cc csc ss0chccensoueuesensaeneashecsulsasclvesseedacbagusaenedeuseaeaaneooneth 51 UPD installation modes a ger tecsincmossaricanoneriacieaecienareateesonsasnneeantaseeeoseeneaneaaimectes 51 Paoriiy for pini Se TNO S aeirnentra eer a E E EA E 92 Change printer driver settings for Windows 0ccccccccceeessseeeeeeeeeeeeesseseeeeeeeeeeeessseeaeeeeeeeeeeegaaas 53 Change the settings for all print jobs until the software program is closed s00 0008 53 Change the default settings for all print jobs cccecccccccccceeseseeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeaeeaaaeees 53 Change the product configuration settings cccccccceesseeeeceeceeseeee
271. sseeeceeeeeseeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeeeaas 159 Print one copy for proof before printing all the copies 159 Temporarily store a personal job on the product and print it later 160 Temporarily store a job on the product cccccceecceeseeeeeneeeeenees 160 Permanently store a job on the product cccccceesceeueeeeeueeees 160 Make a permanently stored job private so that anyone who tries to print it must provide a PIN six vanes iatenneiouetons Ma aneusnncedatudeetentiess 161 Receive notification when someone prints a stored job 161 Set the user name for a stored job cccseeeeecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaas 161 Specify a name for the stored job cccecccceesssseeceeeeeeeeeeeenens 161 Pritt special jobs with VV INGOWS sestien E Na 162 Print business graphics or marketing material ccccceesseecceeeeeeeeeeeueeeees 162 SUDPOMER glossy papel sensere E mete 162 Print weatherproof maps and outdoor signs ssecccccceeesssseeseeeeeeeeeeaaeeees 163 ENWW Supported tough paper sce aerea sess cenacoseaicen cos sespacennodecteate uoaceacass 163 Sete duplex alignMENi eee ene enc renee nen ee mere enn ene 163 Walkup USB PI MN ht en teeters cette ea eae srt acted AT EE E E EE E EENS 164 CO aa E E IE E eats area 167 AOT O e E E E AE E E A A EE E E 168 Change the color theme for a print job cccceccccccceeseeeeeeeeeeeesaeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeaaas 168 Change ine color OO ONS
272. ssnesesssrenesssrsersssssreessses 273 Encryption support HP Encrypted High Performance Hard Disks cccccssseeeeeeeeeees 273 Secure Sore ODS ne ene ee eee ene a eee O eee 274 Lock the control panel menus ai nan cansnan nanpencemasiaeananasaiotdaraaeanern iuknemmagiemaniadtantanmentmeentantd 274 lock ihe 0 41110 eee ee ee ee nn E ee ne eee ere 274 EC OMONAY SOU MAGS E E E E A A ince E E E E 275 Optimize speed or energy USe a asettcersaeee onsaatteloetanatenaiphaubeaesfone se atheOeadar ean dmeberseoacacwacs 275 PO WSS SO cts se ee cesta eee ee secede ee ee este 275 DEN SIS SO MOOS E sent eeaseannestinactenca iad eoo sander E 275 Di SIS CS caecenratrectiennaaear E 276 Set the sleep schedule eae ae me en ee Oe 276 Install external I O Cards cccccccececececccececccceucucccaeacaceucusncucueucuseeaeacasecaeasaseceeseensususususueeaens 277 E ari AVS I UU econ tect EE E E ta ates E E T E 279 ean ihep PO eae ee ee ee 279 Cleon ihe scanner glas Sere rnaa reines nE oE Ee e E EE tocar ete EE SAE 279 yiee Te UDO e E EE E A E E E E SE 282 14 Solve RNS risiini riai E a 283 SIRE e E A E A E A 284 Sove propleem CMe NSE serepan aienea E bantam aantouulanenitens 285 Factors that affect product performance ccceeeecccccee ees eeeececeeeeaseeeeeeeeeesaeeeeeeeeeeeaaas 286 Nerie eqifolel o a aci lt a S ae ne en enn eae nn re er 287 Interpret control panel messages acd esc ceewinceresienrnacntesian sandedwadiosndasedessan
273. st be connected to a LAN that has access to an e mail server that supports SMTP If you are using a LAN connection contact your system administrator to obtain the IP address or host name for your SMTP server If you are connecting through a DSL or cable connection contact the internet service provider to obtain the SMTP server IP address LDAP is used to gain access to a database of information When the product uses LDAP it searches a global list of e mail addresses As you begin to type the e mail address LDAP uses an auto complete feature that supplies a list of e mail addresses that match the characters you type As you type additional characters the list of matching e mail addresses becomes smaller The product supports LDAP but a connection to an LDAP server is not required in order for the product to be able to send to e mail NOTE If you need to change the LDAP settings you must change them by using the HP Embedded Web Server Configure e mail server settings Before you can send a document to e mail you must configure the product EY NOTE The instructions that follow are for configuring the product at the control panel You can also perform these procedures by using the HP Embedded Web Server Using the E mail Setup Wizard menu is the simplest way to configure the e mail settings Administration menu 1 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the O E Coler aserset TE conies E fo ENWW NOTE The email icon is
274. sure that the door is completely open 2 Grasp the handle of the used print cartridge and pull out to remove 3 Store the used print cartridge in a protective bag Information about recycling used print cartridges is on the print cartridge box 110 Chapter 7 Manage supplies ENWW 4 Remove the new print cartridge from its protective bag NOTE Be careful not to damage the memory tag on the print cartridge 5 reba both sides of the print cartridge and distribute the toner by gently rocking the print cartridge 6 Remove the orange protective cover from the print cartridge CAUTION Avoid prolonged exposure to light CAUTION Do not touch the green roller Doing so can damage the cartridge ENWW Replacement instructions 111 7 Align the print cartridge with its slot and insert the print cartridge until it clicks into place NOTE The print cartridges go in at a slight angle 8 Close the front door Replace the toner collection unit Replace the toner collection unit when the control panel prompts you E NOTE The toner collection unit is designed for a single use Do not attempt to empty the toner collection unit and reuse it Doing so could lead to toner being spilled inside the product which could result in reduced print quality After use return the toner collection unit to HP s Planet Partners program for recycling 112 Chapter 7 Manage supplies ENWW 1 Open the front door Make sure t
275. t Host Name IPV4 Settings Contig Method Bootp DHCP Auto IP Manual 40 Chapter 2 Control panel menus Manual Settings IP Address NOTE This menu is available only if you select the Manual option under the Config Method menu Subnet Mask Default Gateway Default IP DHCP Release DHCP Renew Primary DNS Secondary DNS Enter the address Enter the address Enter the address Auto IP Legacy Table 2 14 Embedded Jetdirect Menu EIO lt X gt Jetdirect Menu continued First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values IPV6 Settings Enable Off On Address Manual Settings Enable Address DHCPV6 Policy Router Specified Primary DNS Secondary DNS Security Secure Web IPSEC 802 1X Reset Security Diagnostics Embedded Tests LAN HW Test HTTP Test SNMP Test Data Path Test Select All Tests Execution Time M Router Unavailable Always HTTPS Required HTTPS Optional Keep Disable Reset Keep Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No Range 1 60 hours Default 1 hour Administration menu 4 Table 2 14 Embedded Jetdirect Menu EIO lt X gt Jetdirect Menu continued First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Execute No Yes Link Speed Auto 10T Half 10T Full 100TX Half 100TX Full Troubleshooting menu To display At the product control panel select the Administration menu and then select the Trou
276. t Options Z Print on both sides E Flip pages up Booklet layout on Pages per sheet 1 pags per sheet Prnt page borders Right Ihen Dowr Orientation Portrait gt Landscape l Rolate by 180 degrees Abou Help l 5 In the Booklet layout drop down list click the Left binding or Right binding option The Pages per sheet option automatically Document Oto changes to 2 pages per sheet abil Advanced Printing Shertculs Paper Quality Effects Finishing Job Storage Color Services Flin nanae iin Booklet layout Ler oinang X Pages per sheet 2 pages par shest Prnt page borders Right Ihen Dowr Oriertation Portrait D Landscape l Rolate by 180 degrees Aboul Help ENWW Additional print tasks with Windows 153 Select output options with Windows fskm models only Select an output bin with Windows 1 On the File menu in the software program click Print Print Cbril P 2 Select the product and then click the Properties or Preferences button Printer mies Find Printer Type Where Print to File E Manual duplex Page range ll Current section For example typ or plsi pis pls3 p s3 Print what Document Zoom Print al pages in range Pages per sheet 1 page Scale to paper size No Scaling 154 Chapter 8 Print tasks
277. t and the computer or network port Make sure that the connection is secure Make sure that the cable itself is not faulty by using a different cable if possible Check the network connection The control panel should indicate ready status If an error message appears resolve the error Ensure that the paper that you are using meets specifications Print a configuration page b From the Home screen on the product control panel open the following menus o Administration o Reports Configuration Status Pages Contiguration Page Touch the Print button It the pages do not print check that at least one tray contains paper It the page jams in the product follow the instructions on the control panel to clear the jam If the configuration page prints check the following items If the page does not print correctly the problem is with the product hardware Contact HP Customer Care If the page prints correctly then the product hardware is working The problem is with the computer you are using with the printer driver or with the program Select one of the following options Solve problems checklist 285 Windows Click Start click Settings and then click Printers or Printers and Faxes Double click the name of the product Or Mac OS X Open the Printer Setup Utility or the Print amp Fax list and double click the line for the product Verify that you have installed the printer driver for this pr
278. t box to open the keypad Type the number where faxes will be forwarded and then touch the OK button Touch the Save button Chapter 12 Fax ENWW Use Fax Fax feature screen The Fax feature screen is used to send faxes To access this screen press the Fax icon displayed on the control panel Home screen I Sileed Dial Code 20 n QB i 5 Q Delete IC Details More Options pu Home Key return to main screen 2 Send Fax press to send fax to recipients 3 Backspace Delete Number 4 Enter Number into Recipient List 5 Status Message Bar 6 Access fax address book 7 Speed Dial Search by Number 8 Image Preview 9 Help touch to display help selections 10 Speed Dial Edit Key 11 Speed Dial Search by Name 12 Speed Dial List scroll to display other entries 13 More Options touch to view or set other fax sending options 14 Press for Details of Selected Recipient 15 Press to Delete Selected Recipient from List 16 Fax Recipients 17 Fax Number Touch for keyboard or enter from control panel keypad ENWW Use Fax 235 1 When the Fax Number is touched a pop up is displayed which includes the PIN button for adding special character brackets to hide a PIN and a Pause button to insert a comma for a two second pause NOTE The PIN is for calling card numbers not for the security of faxed documents Fax Number Shei ess 1s ops io
279. t one of the predefined options or touch the Manually adjust button and then adjust the slider in the Optimize For area Touch the OK button 4 Touch the Start button indi nly 100 i b i Letter Letter content Orientation Use the sider to manualy adjust how your output is optimized C EF Printed picture Optimize For Text Picture 2 1 to 1 sided Collate Check the scanner glass for dirt or smudges Over time specks of debris might collect on the scanner glass and white plastic backing which can affect performance Use the following procedure to clean the scanner glass and white plastic backing ENWW Copy settings 179 1 Use the power switch to turn off the product and then unplug the power cord from the electrical socket 2 Open the scanner lid Sem AV 180 Chapter 10 Copy ENWW 3 Clean the scanner glass and the white plastic backing with a soft cloth or sponge that has been moistened with nonabrasive glass cleaner Dry the glass and white plastic backing with a chamois or a cellulose sponge to prevent spotting CAUTION Do not use abrasives acetone benzene ammonia ethyl alcohol or carbon tetrachloride on any part of the product these can damage the product Do not place liquids directly on the glass or platen They might seep and damage the product 4 Plug in the product and then use the power switch to turn on the p
280. t the Adjust for Daylight Savings box 4 Open the Energy Settings menu and then open the Sleep Schedule menu 5 Touch the Add button and then select the type of event to schedule Wake Up or Sleep 6 Configure the following settings e Event Time e Event Days e Event Description 7 Open the Holidays menu to configure which days are holidays for your area Chapter 13 Manage and maintain ENWW Install external I O cards This product is equipped with an external I O EIO slot You can install an additional HP Jetdirect print server card or external EIO hard drive in the available EIO slot E NOTE This example shows installing an HP Jetdirect print server card 1 Turn the product off 2 Disconnect all power and interface cables EY NOTE This illustration might not show all the cables ENWW Install external I O cards 277 3 Loosen and remove the two retaining screws holding the cover for the EIO slot and then remove the cover You will not need these screws and the cover again They can be discarded 4 5 278 Chapter 13 Manage and maintain ENWW 6 Reconnect the power cable and remaining interface cables and turn the product on Print a configuration page An HP Jetdirect configuration page that contains network configuration and status information should also print It it does not print turn the product off and then uninstall and reinstall the print server card to ensure that it is completely s
281. t the product has a condition that requires intervention Examples include an empty paper tray or an error message 11 Data light Indicates that the product is receiving data 12 Ready light Indicates that the product is ready to begin processing any job 13 Backspace button Clears the active text or number field and returns values to the default settings 14 USB port on the bottom edge of the hinged control panel Connect a USB flash drive for walk up printing and scanning 10 Chapter 1 Product basics ENWW Control panel help ENWW The product has a built in Help system that explains how to use each screen To open the Help system touch the Help button in the upper right corner of the screen For some screens the Help opens to a global menu where you can search for specific topics You can browse through the menu structure by touching the buttons in the menu For screens that contain settings for individual jobs the Help opens to a topic that explains the options for that screen If the product alerts you of an error or warning touch the error E or warning A button to open a message that describes the problem The message also contains instructions to help solve the problem Product views 11 Touchscreen navigation The home screen provides access to the product features and it indicates the current status of the product E NOTE HP regularly updates features that are available in the product firmware To
282. take advantage of the most current features update the product firmware To download the most recent firmware upgrade go to www hp com go clicm4540mfp_ftirmware NOTE Depending on how the product has been contigured the features that appear on the home screen can vary DDMMYYXY 00 00 AM ss es I Ep 1 Features Depending on how the product is configured the features that appear in this area can include any of the following items e Copy Fax e E mail e Save to Network Folder e Save to USB e Save to Device Memory e Open from USB e Open from Device Memory e Quick Sets e Job Status e Supplies e Trays e Administration e Device Maintenance 2 Product status The status line provides information about the overall product status 3 Copy type Shows whether copies are color 12 Chapter 1 Product basics ENWW ENWW Copy count Help button Scroll bar Sign In or Sign Out Network Address Date and time Touch the Help button to open the embedded help system Touch the Sign In button to access secured features Touch the Sign Out button to sign out of the product if you have signed in for access to Touch the Network Address button to find information about the network connection NOTE Depending on the product configuration this button might not appear show the date and time for example 12 hour format or 24 hour format Product views The copy count box indicates the number of copies that t
283. tatus information Determine the remaining life for all supplies and order new ones View and change tray configurations View and change the product control panel menu configuration View and print internal pages Receive notification of product and supplies events View and change network configuration To use the HP Embedded Web Server you must have Microsoft Internet Explorer 5 01 or later or Netscape 6 2 or later for Windows Mac OS and Linux Netscape only Netscape Navigator 4 7 is required for HP UX 10 and HP UX 11 The HP Embedded Web Server works when the product is connected to an IP based network The HP Embedded Web Server does not support IPX based product connections You do not have to have Internet access to open and use the HP Embedded Web Server When the product is connected to the network the HP Embedded Web Server is automatically available Open the HP Embedded Web Server by using a network connection 266 1 Identity the product IP address or host name If the Network Address button is visible on the Home screen on the product control panel touch that button to display the address Otherwise follow these steps to print or view the product configuration page a From the Home screen on the product control panel touch the Administration button b Open the following menus o Reports o Configuration Status Pages Configuration Page c Touch the Print or View button d Find the IP address or host name
284. tenuncece r a eaea ert 261 Settings in the Troubleshooting MENU cccccceseeeeeceeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeesaeeeeeeaas 261 Settings in the Resets MENU cccccceeeececceeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeessaeeeeeeeesaeeeeeeeaas 261 Firmware Upgrades ersciesoiiror mi reeni n e E e aiaa Er 262 13 Manage ciel eaa cererii roni ania n AENEA ENEE 263 Prak WONG ON pages sericis ineeie is i eE SEA NEE E EEEa TEE EEEH 264 Use the HP Embedded Web Server ceucneeeneaternrcesensnseenne mans macehanienccsmaucteiasneaencsudeanousncsaen eeceatedecs 266 ENWW xiii Open the HP Embedded Web Server by using a network connection 0 cceeeeeee ees 266 HP Embedded Web Server features ccccssseseeeeesccceeeeeeessseeeeeseeeeeeeeeesssaesseeseseeeees 267 PAT OM RCN ON CLO en E E E E EEA EEEE 267 Ceneri e a E A E E E 267 CO Er TA a E A A 268 SGN Digital Send TaD es aesacteetscos opein ine TN east EEEE EE EE 268 FO T aeee EE A EEE EEE E E see 269 kounie noong TAD eee an eee eet e S 270 TA E E AA PAN EAE A EE EA 270 DSI VOTING 10 D enre nE EN E EAEE EE E ETA 271 Aer Lak S e e E E eae 271 Use HP Web Jetadmin software nsonsnnnnnnnssseseenunssssstrreeensssssrrrrersssssrrrrerssssssrrrerssessssrrreens gt 272 PROG WE SECU FOCI USS serrorririr tirienn nenien en Erea re e S On FENESS EEEREN E SEPE 273 securi SIEMENS errre Erer Erne E EE EEES 273 UPS SCO A E E E E A nosen eo E E 273 Secure the HP Embedded Web Server nsssnnnnnsssssnnnsssssnnenss
285. ter of the amount actually paid by you for the Product or U S 5 00 TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW IN NO EVENT WILL HP OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL INCIDENTAL INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING DAMAGES FOR LOST PROFITS LOST DATA BUSINESS INTERRUPTION PERSONAL INJURY OR LOSS OF PRIVACY RELATED IN ANY WAY TO THE USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THE SOFTWARE EVEN IF HP OR ANY SUPPLIER HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES AND EVEN IF THE ABOVE REMEDY FAILS OF ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE Some states or other jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages so the above limitation or exclusion may not apply to you U S GOVERNMENT CUSTOMERS Software was developed entirely at private expense All Software is commercial computer software within the meaning of the applicable acquisition regulations Accordingly pursuant to US FAR 48 CFR 12 212 and DFAR 48 CFR 227 7202 use duplication and disclosure of the Software by or for the U S Government or a U S Government subcontractor is subject solely to the terms and conditions set forth in this End User License Agreement except for provisions which are contrary to applicable mandatory federal laws COMPLIANCE WITH EXPORT LAWS You will comply with all laws rules and regulations i applicable to the export or import of the Software or ii restricting the Use of the Software including any restrictions on n
286. terference at his own expense E NOTE Any changes or modifications to the printer that are not expressly approved by HP could void the user s authority to operate this equipment Use of a shielded interface cable is required to comply with the Class A limits of Part 15 of FCC rules 340 Appendix D Regulatory information ENWW Environmental product stewardship program Protecting the environment Hewlett Packard Company is committed to providing quality products in an environmentally sound manner This product has been designed with several attributes to minimize impacts on our environment Ozone production This product generates no appreciable ozone gas O3 Power consumption Power usage drops signiticantly while in Ready and Sleep mode which saves natural resources and saves money without affecting the high performance of this product To determine the ENERGY STAR qualification status for this product see the Product Data Sheet or Specifications Sheet Qualified products are also listed at www hpo com qo eneraystar Paper use This product s optional automatic duplex feature two sided printing and N up printing multiple pages printed on one page capability can reduce paper usage and the resulting demands on natural resources Plastics Plastic parts over 25 grams are marked according to international standards that enhance the ability to identity plastics for recycling purposes at the end of the product s life
287. tesinamciieatitecteoatdalesionedindsnieuatiedanienens 109 Replacement instructions ss ssssoenssseensereeessiessssiessrstirsstressrresssrrssrrrrsresrerssrirsssrirsrerrsssrers 110 Replace piini carninidgeS een ee ern ee TEE ere eee eee E ER 110 Replace the toner collection unit cccccccccccccsseccceeueeeecesseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeueeeeeeesseeeeeeaaeees 112 Replace the staple carridge etre cate stra ers racer diane ppoodncanctecviaedeciuntecianetselaneteeacoees 115 S lve MODIS MS Wat SUI eS ca cqcecc ac cxeonscoect cc seseneeecsaysncaegaetiodaa saenan scenes EE 116 Check the priol CANOES cepsptctstee ss uezeotelanesnanenenieaacneossedteneeaesdoseenanciactniaasss ausactaaecace 116 Inspect the print cartridge for damage ccccseeeeccececeseeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeesaeeeees 117 Rep diing CLL SIS serennu inini E SEEE 118 Print the Supplies Status page cop ag sneer maccissnsaantesnen nea ieamerinaiatanateneasaenconertedsete 119 Interpret control panel messages for supplies cccccceeseeseeeseeeeeesaeeeeeeeeeeesaeeseeeeees 120 D Print 1GSICS ajassvncvnsssvssencuiersas sven eI Ir a EEEE E ETEA 127 Cancela prnrjob with WIndows teste este torent an sone TE 128 Basic print tasks with Windows 26ers cue nctirastdnenisuemtrctinacsaseadecndasenculaan amusteadancsed adaswasediadarueseucasciss 129 Open the printer driver with Windows cccccccesseccceeseeeeceeeseeeeeeeeueeseeesseeeeeeseaeeeees 129 Get help for any printing option w
288. the OK button NOTE When you select a shortcut the corresponding settings change on the other tabs in the printer driver Create printing shortcuts 1 On the File menu in the software program click Print 132 Chapter 8 Print tasks Advance Fitna Status epeuai SP SEE PTT FT Fe 4 printing shortcut is a colection of saved print settings that you can select wih a singe click Printing shortcuts Generel Everyday Printing Eco Print Two sided Printing Two sided Duplex Printing Cardstock Heavy Glossy Presentation Factory Delaults Paper type Unspecihed Z Pape sizes 8 5 x 11 inches Letter X Pape source Automatically Select Z Orientation f Portrait Staple None Zi Frint on both aides No Y Pages pei sheet 1 page per shest Aboull Help printing shortcut is a colection of saved print settings that you can select wih a singe click Printing shortcuts General Everyday Printing i Ec Prnt Two sided Printnig Two sided Duplex Printing Cardstock Heavy Glossy Presentation Factory Delaults a Pape type Unspecihed 7 Paper sizes 8 5 x 11 inches Letter Z Pape source Automatically Select X Orientation Portrait EA l Frint on both sides Yes flip over z Pages per sheet 1 page par sheet v boul Help sj Print Ctrl P ENWW 2 Select
289. the Paper Selection button Colated m Paper Selection 3 Select the tray that holds the ie that you Paper Selection want to use and then touch the OK button O automaticaly detect O Tray 1 Any Type Any Size Tray 2 Pian Letter 8 5x11 iO Tray 2 Plain Legal 8 514 ENWW Copy settings 183 Restore copy default settings 1 From the Home screen open the following menus e Administration e General Settings e Restore Factory Settings 2 Select the Copy check box and then touch the Reset button 184 Chapter 10 Copy ENWW Copy a book 1 Lift the lid and place the book on the scanner glass with the spine aligned with the mark on the rear center of the scanner glass 2 Gently close the lid 3 On the control panel touch the Copy button 4 Touch the Start button 5 Repeat these steps for each page that you want to copy NOTE This product does not have the capability to distinguish left and right pages Assemble the copied pages carefully ENWW Copyabook 185 Copy a photo E NOTE Copy photos from the scanner glass 1 Lift the lid and place the photo on the scanner glass with the picture side down and the upper left corner of the photo in the upper left corner of the glass Gently close the lid On the control panel touch the Copy button Touch the Optimize Text Picture button and select the Photograph button Se E Touch the Start button 186 Chapter 1
290. the analog MFP fax settings by using the DSS configuration utility perform the following steps 1 Start the utility on the computer or server to open the main screen 2 Select the product and click the Configure MFP button on the main screen and then click the Send to Fax tab to open the Fax Settings screen 3 To enable the fax capabilities on the product select the Enable Fax Send option To access Analog fax settings select Internal Modem in the Fax Send Method drop down list On the Common Job Settings tab make any changes to the settings and click the Apply button to accept the settings Select the Internal Modem tab to set additional fax settings In addition to configuring a single product you can also configure multiple devices For more information about the HP MFP Digital Sending Software Configuration Utility see the HP MFP Digital Sending Software User Guide or the HP MFP Digital Sending Software Support Guide r NOTE Depending on the capabilities and settings of your fax method some of these options might not be available or contigurable Send fax settings Fax send setup Use the Fax Send Setup menu to configure the following features e Fax Setup Wizard e Fax Dialing Settings e General Fax Send Settings e Billing Codes Fax Setup Wizard ENWW The Fax Setup Wizard guides you through a step by step procedure to configure fax settings that are required to use the fax feature If the settings are not co
291. the product and then click the Properties or Preferences button Printer Name z7 Properties Status Find Printer Type Where E Print to File Comment E Manual duplex Page range ll section For example type 1 3 5 12 or pisi pls2 pls3 pss Print what Document f Zoom Print al pages in range Pages per sheet 1 page Scale to paper size No Scaling 3 Click the Printing Shortcuts tab Avanos Pinting Shut per Quali KEEA pE MENEE O ER printing shortcut is a colection of saved print settings that you can select wih a singe click Printing shorbouts H Generel Everyday Printing Eco Print Two sided Printing Pape type Unspecihed Pape sizes Two sided Duplex Printing Letter Pape source Cadstock Heavy Automatically Select Orientation Portrait Gloszy Presentation Staple Factory Delaults 4 Select an existing shortcut as a base Fring hate Papa Guay Efes Fina Jb Stage Color Seizes NOTE Always select a shortcut before et a aaa adjusting any of the settings on the right side Pining shat i of the screen If you adjust the settings and then select a shortcut all your adjustments are lost Eco Pint Two sided Printing Pape type Unspecihed General Everyday Printing Two sided Duples Piinling Letter Pape source Cadstock Heavy Automatically Select Portrait Frint on both side
292. then Fax T 30 Trace You can then print the report for the last fax or contigure when to print the T 30 trace ENWW Solve fax problems 255 Send fax messages Table 12 1 Send fax messages Message Error No Description Action s Cancelled O Fax was cancelled by user at None control panel of product Success n a Fax sent successfully None Fail Busy O The receiving fax machine is The fax will be retired busy automatically if configured otherwise try resending fax later No Answer O The receiving fax machine is The receiving fax machine not answering the call may be disconnected or turned off contact the receiver to check the machine Try resending Compression Error Any Fax may be corrupted or not Try resending fax sent No Dial O No dial tone is detected Verify the phone line is when sending the fax active set the sending fax to not to detect a dial tone Modem Fail Any Unexpected or bad response Try resending fax if the error from the internal fax modem persists contact service to product NOTE This does not necessarily indicate that the modem hardware is bad Communication Error 17 or 36 Lost telephone connection Try resending the fax Communication Error Space Fail Page Fail Memory Error Job Fail Chapter 12 Fax Any besides 17 or 36 between sender and receiver May be due to voice calls General communications issue where the fax transmission was interrupted or did not proceed as expe
293. then enter the user name or the job name Select which option to use if another stored job already has that name Use Job Name 1 99 Append a unique number to the end of the job name Replace Existing File Overwrite the existing stored job with the new one It you selected the Stored Job or Personal Job option in step 3 you can protect the job with a PIN Type a 4 digit number in the Use PIN to Print field When other people attempt to print this job the product prompts them to enter this PIN number Set the color options with Mac ENWW Use the Color Options menu or the Color Quality Options menu to control how colors are interpreted and printed from software programs Ts 2 3 4 On the File menu click the Print option Select the driver Open the Color Options menu or the Color Quality Options menu Select the appropriate tab and adjust the settings Print with Mac 69 Solve problems with a Mac See Solve product software problems with Mac on page 319 70 Chapter 4 Use the product with Mac ENWW 5 Connect the product e Printer sharing disclaimer e Connect with USB e Connect to a network ENWW 7 Printer sharing disclaimer HP does not support peer to peer networking as the feature is a function of Microsoft operating systems and not of the HP printer drivers Go to Microsoft at www microsoft com 72 Chapter 5 Connect the product ENWW Connect with USB This product supports a USB
294. through DSS 2 Click the Fax tab The Fax Send Setup screen displays 3 On the Fax Send Setup screen click Enable Fax Send to enable the tax Make any changes to the common job settings and to the specitic settings for the type of fax being used and then click the Apply button to accept the settings HP Web Jetadmin To access the product analog fax settings by using HP Web Jetadmin perform the following steps For detailed information about HP Web Jetadmin see the HP Web Jetadmin Reference Manual 1 Start HP Web Jetadmin 2 In the At a Glance text box type the IP address of the product in the Quick Device Find text box and then click the Go button to see the device status in the right pane Select Digital Sending and Fax from the status drop down menu in that pane 3 Configure the options in the Fax Settings section or the Advanced Fax Settings section For information about a specific setting select the context help next to the setting 4 After you have made changes to the settings click the Apply button to accept the settings In addition to configuring a single product you can also perform multiple device configuration Multiple device mode configures several products at once For information about this feature see the Web Jetadmin User Guide available under the Self Help and Documentation tab at www hp com go webjetadmin 210 Chapter 12 Fax ENWW HP MFP Digital Sending Software Configuration Utility To access
295. tify when job completes Notify only if job fails Print E mail Job Build off Job Build on Enabled Disabled Table 2 5 Scan Digital Send Settings menu continued First level Second level Third level Digital Send Service Allow Usage of Digital Setup Sending Software DSS Server Allow Transfer to New Digital Sending Software DSS Server Fourth level Values Fax Settings menu To display At the product control panel select the Administration menu and then select the Fax Settings menu In the following table asterisks indicate the factory default setting Table 2 6 Fax Settings menu First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Fax Send Settings Fax Send Setup Fax Setup Wizard Fax Dialing Settings Fax Dial Volume Off Low High Dialing Mode Tone Pulse Redial On Busy Range 0 9 Default 3 Redial On No Answer Range 0 2 Default O Redial Interval 1 5 Minutes General Fax Send Settings Detect Dial Tone Fax Send Speed Dialing Prefix PC Fax Send Default 5 minutes Fast Medium Slow Enabled Disabled Administration menu 29 Table 2 6 Fax Settings menu continued First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Fax Header Prepend Overlay Error Correction Mode Enabled Disabled Fax Number Confirmation Enabled Disabled JBIG Compression Enabled Disabled Billing Codes Enable Billing Codes Si On Minimum Length Range
296. tion To maximize the quality of this output you must do the following e Choose the appropriate paper See the following table e At the product control panel configure the paper tray for the correct paper type e Select the corresponding settings in the printer driver Supported tough paper HP paper name Product code Product size Control panel and print driver settings HP LaserJet Tough Paper Q1298A Letter HP Tough Paper HP LaserJet Tough Paper Q1298B A4 HP Tough Paper Set the duplex alignment For documents that are printed on both sides such as brochures set the registration for the tray before printing to ensure that the front and back of the page are aligned 1 From the Home screen touch the Administration button 2 Open the following menus a General Settings b Print Quality c Image Registration d Adjust Tray lt X gt od Touch the Print Test Page setting and then touch the OK button r Follow the instructions on the test page to complete the adjustment ENWW Additional print tasks with Windows 163 Walk up USB printing This product features walk up USB printing so you can quickly print files without sending them from a computer The product accepts standard USB storage accessories in the USB port on the front of the product You can print the following types of tiles e pdf e prn e pcl e ps e cht 1 Insert the USB storage accessory into the USB port on the front of the
297. tion Control for Health and Safety Act of 1968 Since radiation emitted inside the device is completely contined within protective housings and external covers the laser beam cannot escape during any phase of normal user operation A WARNING Using controls making adjustments or performing procedures other than those specitied in this user guide may result in exposure to hazardous radiation Canadian DOC regulations Complies with Canadian EMC Class A requirements Conforme la classe A des normes canadiennes de compatibilit lectromagn tiques CEM VCCI statement Japan COE QTAZAARRNRECT TORE tAE ini CEHAJ St BRS ese CTCEMGHVET COBMPGITISE RAIMI RSBT SKIER SENS CEDBHVYET VCCI A Power cord instructions Make sure your power source is adequate for the product voltage rating The voltage rating is on the product label The product uses either 100 127 Vac or 220 240 Vac and 50 60 Hz Connect the power cord between the product and a grounded AC outlet A CAUTION To prevent damage to the product use only the power cord that is provided with the product Power cord statement Japan wmd ASAE BRAKES RSL MASNER HHO san CHE AMWRECA ENWW Safety statements 349 EMC statement China EAA BM im FERRARA 1 pean AY Ress ke MAC ARF Pl FER AT WLR FRE AG BE Py SE RH TAT TH EMC statement Korea Ul Zl Je g J OI2L HO Hte Jka 2 S SLL EMI statement Taiwan SEHA jae P
298. tions 343 Material Safety Data Sheet MSDS 344 media custom size Macintosh settings 6 7 first page 67 pages per sheet 68 supported sizes 85 memory included 2 64 supply errors 120 memory chip print cartridge description 331 memory DIMMs security 2 74 memory lock disabling 247 enabling 247 memory tag locating 111 memory saving and deleting faxes 236 menus summary 16 menus control panel Administration 18 Backup Restore 45 Calibrate Cleaning 45 Copy Settings 23 Display Settings 35 Fax Settings 29 General Settings 19 Manage Supplies 37 Manage Trays 38 Network Settings 39 Print Options 34 Print Settings 33 Reports 18 Scan Digital Send Settings 27 ENWW Service 46 Stapler Stacker Settings 39 Troubleshooting 42 USB Firmware Upgrade 46 mercury tree product 343 messages e mail alerts 64 numerical list 120 types of 288 mixed sizes copying 188 models features 2 modem speed 252 multifunction product 206 multiple pages per sheet printing Windows 137 N n up printing selecting Windows 137 names job specitying Windows 161 Netscape Navigator versions supported HP embedded Web Server 266 network password changing 78 password setting 78 settings changing 78 settings viewing 78 Network Folder scan to 195 network settings HP Embedded Web Server 271 Network Settings menu control panel 39 networks contiguring 73 default gateway 79 HP Web Jetadmin 272 installing EIO cards 277 I
299. ton that is in the lower left corner of the screen 202 Chapter 11 Scan and send documents Ap HF Color Laserdel CM4A 10 mmo L Save the scanned job to a USE storage device Network Address j initial Setup From Aririnisirabar To hia wedi 200 9 15 41 AM ENWW 4 Inthe Name text field type the name of the contact 5 From the drop down list select the E mail Address option and then type the contact s e mail address Touch the OK button to add the contact to the list Send a document to e mail by using the address book 1 Place the document face down on the scanner glass or face up in the document feeder 2 From the Home screen touch the E mail button NOTE If prompted type your user name and password 3 Touch the address book button that is next to the To field to open the Address Book screen ENWW Send a scanned document 203 4 6 204 From the drop down list select the address book view that you want to use Select a name from the list of contacts and then touch the right arrow button to add the name to the recipients list Repeat this step for each recipient and then touch the OK button Touch the Start button to begin sending Chapter 11 Scan and send documents Address Book admingzcompany com Namegocompany com admingicompany cam
300. touch the screen to the right of the last digit of the previously entered fax number When the cursor appears touch the enter key to move the cursor to the next line Repeat this step to enter all the numbers for the speed dial name Chapter 12 Fax oon O seca Deana i A A ooe D C O Speed Dial Name Fax Numbers oo Speed Dial i n J SS95999959 ooog ENWW 9 Touch the OK button The name and fax number or numbers will appear next to the Speed Dial Number 10 When finished press the OK button to return to the Fax screen Delete a speed dial list 1 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Fax button 2 Touch the Speed Dials button to display the Speed Dial screen 3 Touch a Speed Dials number of the list to be deleted ENWW EE ALLLLLLLLLILOUME a e aa ic Spoed Dial A 5555556555 5555555555 Fi Fax Numbers Speedie 04 Use Fax 243 4 Touch the Delete button Speed Di al Code w Speed RES SS55955595 L a r 5 Touch the Yes button to confirm the deletion of a E ee the speed dial list and to return to the Fax screen Delete a single number from the speed dial list 1 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Fax button 2 Touch the Speed Dials button to display the Speed Dial screen eee Speed bias O if Dial ry isss
301. trays capacity 96 configure 101 included 2 jams 304 load 90 locating 5 Macintosh settings 64 paper orientation 98 selecting Windows troubleshooting control panel messages 288 direct connect problems 316 error messages numerical list 120 jams 289 Mac problems network problems paper feed problems 350 338 163 102 145 102 135 319 316 289 ENWW PBX systems 253 print cartridges 329 repeating defects 118 product 328 slow fax reception 252 watermarks slow fax transmission 253 adding Windows 152 walk up USB printing Web browser requirements problems 314 HP Embedded Web Server Troubleshooting menu control 266 panel 42 Web Jetadmin remote troubleshooting tools contiguration 210 HP Embedded Web Server Web sites 270 customer support 336 two sided copying 189 fraud reports 109 two sided printing HP Web Jetadmin settings Windows 136 downloading 272 turning on Mac 64 Macintosh customer support 336 U Material Safety Data Sheet uninstalling Mac software 61 MSDS 344 uninstalling Windows software 54 universal print driver 51 universal print driver 51 Windows UNIX software 56 driver settings 53 updates downloading product drivers supported 49 282 supported operating systems Usage Page 48 description 264 universal print driver 51 USB wizard fax setup 208 211 sending to 197 USB configuration Mac 58 USB configuration Windows 73 USB Firmware Upgrade menu control panel 46 USB storage accessories printi
302. ts the weight specifications specification for this product unless for this product it is HP paper that has been approved for use in this product Glossy or coated paper e Use only glossy or coated paper e Do not use glossy or coated paper that is approved for use in laser designed for use in inkjet products printers Understand paper use 83 Change the printer driver to match the paper type and size in Windows 1 On the File menu in the software program click Print Select the product and then click the Properties or Preferences button Click the Paper Quality tab Select a size from the Paper size drop down list Select a paper type from the Paper type drop down list Click the OK button Ce ee E a 84 Chapter 6 Paper and print media ENWW Supported paper sizes Ey NOTE To obtain best results select the correct paper size and type in the printer driver before printing Table 6 1 Supported paper and print media sizes Size and dimensions Tray 1 Tray 2 Optional Trays Automatic 3 4 and 5 duplex printing Letter we we we w 216 x 279 mm 8 5 x 11 in Legal w w w we 216 x 356 mm 8 5 x 14 in Executive we w w w 184 x 267 mm 7 24 x 10 51 in Statement yw 140 x 216 mm 5 5 x 8 5 in 8 5x 13 w w we we 216 x 330 mm 8 5 x 13 in 4x6 wv 101 6 x 152 4 mm 4 x 6 in 10x 15 cm we 101 6 x 152 4 mm 4 x 6 in IX7 w 127 x 188 mm 5 x 7 in 5x8 w 127 x 203 mm 5 x 8 in A4 w w w w 210 x 297 mm
303. twork Make sure the network router hub or switch is turned on and that it is working correctly 4 Install the HP software from the CD that came with the product Using generic printer drivers can cause delays clearing jobs from the print queue 5 From the list of printers on your computer right click the name of this product click Properties and open the Ports tab o If you are using a network cable to connect to the network make sure the printer name listed on the Ports tab matches the product name on the product contiguration page o f you are using a USB cable and are connecting to a wireless network make sure the box is checked next to Virtual printer port for USB 6 If you are using a personal firewall system on the computer it might be blocking communication with the product Try temporarily disabling the firewall to see if it is the source of the problem 7 If your computer or the product is connected to a wireless network low signal quality or interterence might be delaying print jobs 312 Chapter 14 Solve problems ENWW The product prints slowly It the product prints but it seems slow try the following solutions 1 Make sure the computer meets the minimum specifications for this product For a list of specifications go to this Web site www hp com support clicm4540mtp 2 When you contigure the product to print on some paper types such as heavy paper the product prints more slowly so it can correctl
304. uclear chemical or biological weapons proliferation RESERVATION OF RIGHTS HP and its suppliers reserve all rights not expressly granted to you in this EULA 2009 Hewlett Packard Development Company L P Rev 04 09 End User License Agreement 333 OpenSSL This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit http www openssl org THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT AS IS AND ANY EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL PROJECT OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young eay cryptsott com This product includes software written by Tim Hudson tjh cryptsoft com 334 Appendix B Service and support ENWW Customer self repair warranty service HP products are designed with many Customer Self Repair CSR parts to minimize repair ti
305. uct is disabled or other network settings are incorrect 1 Review the configuration page to check the status of the network protocol Enable it if necessary 2 Reconfigure the network settings if necessary ENWW Solve connectivity problems 317 Solve product software problems with Windows Problem A printer driver for the product is not visible in the Printer folder An error message was displayed during the software installation The product is in Ready mode but nothing prints Solution Reinstall the product software NOTE Close any applications that are running To close an application that has an icon in the system tray right click the icon and select Close or Disable Try plugging the USB cable into a different USB port on the computer Reinstall the product software NOTE Close any applications that are running To close an application that has an icon in the task bar right click the icon and select Close or Disable Check the amount of free space on the drive where you are installing the product software If necessary free up as much space as you can and reinstall the product software If necessary run the Disk Defragmenter and reinstall the product software Print a Configuration page and verify the product functionality Verify that all of the cables are correctly seated and within specifications This includes the USB and power cables Try a new cable Verify the IP Address on the Embedded Jetdi
306. umber and serial number are listed on an identification label located on the back of the product The serial number contains information about the country region of origin the product version production code and the production number of the product Model name Model number CM4540 MFP CC419A CM4540f MFP CC420A CM4540fskm MFP CCA21A ENWW Product views Control panel layout abc def jki mno AN e l A E D j l tuv wXxyz ee m DDMMYYYY 00 00 AM 1 Hardware integration pocket Area for adding third party security devices 2 Touchscreen graphical display Use the touchscreen to open and set up all product functions Brightness adjustment button Use this button to increase or decrease the brightness of the touchscreen display ce 4 Numeric keypad Use this area to specify the number of copies and other numeric values 5 Sleep button If the product is inactive for a long period of time it automatically enters a sleep mode To place the product into sleep mode or to reactivate the product press the Sleep button Reset button Resets the job settings to factory or user defined default values 7 Stop button Stops the active job and opens the Job Status screen 8 Start button Begins a copy job starts digital sending starts a fax job or continues a job that has been interrupted 9 Pause button Use this button to indicate a required pause for a fax number Os 10 Attention light Indicates tha
307. urn and recycling instructions ssesnneseeeonssseeeenssssiersestersessterssssreresrrrrrssrsrers 342 United States and Puerto Rico ssesseeseesseeressrserreerreerrsrrrsrreereerrrerrreresrreeseee 342 Multiple returns more than one cartridge 0ccccceeeeeeeeneeeeeees 342 DUNN So HONS EE EEE E ee eresaeesaenness 342 SUM IO WNL so ees ete E eee 342 PSS SLING aes srs catescaeten E S E E nares nissan A anne 343 PODET erora seis wa EAE ara E I T osama lates nip deiedeadatanccue so caescte 343 Moria roS rea eer E EEEE 343 Disposal of waste equipment by users in private households in the European Union 344 Chemical substances crs ieicdercusienoenencoasde ener ninadsenensmeaawatelelaweaa once decnenstenaeniidieunds 344 Material Safety Data Sheet MSDS c ccccccccceseeeececeeceeeececeeseeeeecessssaeeeeceseaneeeess 344 For more information exe asiestcosatamseneneinonsten te aici ascot cemoesmsenanseseusieeaciowaasertarseieete messesednost 344 Declaration of COniormily oxaesetcucicnducanacnenenee ninn iine e EEEE E Er EEEE EN EENE ariasi 345 Declaration of Conformity fax models daciccsesave ceunesseervseenehaeuteeeeeseuetees aueueao nance aatteeaeuoncnet 347 A E E EE A E E separ ea eaten cineca E A A 349 kasei alay eaae A AEA A E A E E A E E A EE 349 Canadian DOC 101 0 011 ccert ee ener ne eer ann EEE 349 YECE Tamen WOO GIN oee stencils E E E E E E EA EE 349 Power cord instructions ase sada nenene sinc
308. user Incompatible supplies Incompatible transfer unit ENWW The product indicates when a supply level is very low Actual print cartridge life might vary Consider having a replacement print cartridge available to install when print quality is no longer acceptable You do not need to replace the print cartridge at this time unless print quality is no longer acceptable After an HP supply has reached the very low threshold the HP premium protection warranty for that supply has ended The fuser kit is low The actual supply life remaining might vary Consider having a replacement fuser kit available to install when print quality is no longer acceptable You do not need to replace the fuser kit at this time unless print quality is no longer acceptable The fuser kit is very low The actual supply life remaining might vary You do not need to replace the fuser kit at this time unless print quality is no longer acceptable After an HP supply has reached the very low threshold the HP premium protection warranty for that supply has ended The indicated color print cartridge is not compatible with this product The fuser is not compatible with this product Print cartridges or other supply items are installed that were not designed for this product The product cannot print with these supplies installed The transfer unit is incompatible with this product If print quality is no longer acceptable replace the print cartr
309. user to this equipment or equipment malfunctions may give the telecommunications company cause to request the user to disconnect the equipment Users should ensure for their own protection that the electrical ground connections of the power utility telephone lines and internal metallic water pipe system if present are connected together This precaution can be particularly important in rural areas CAUTION Users should not attempt to make such connections themselves but should contact the appropriate electric inspection authority or electrician as appropriate The Ringer Equivalence Number REN of this device is 0 0 Additional statements for telecom fax products 353 Notice The Ringer Equivalence Number REN assigned to each terminal device provides an indication of the maximum number of terminals allowed to be connected to a telephone interface The termination on an interface may consist of any combination of devices subject only to the requirement that the sum of the Ringer Equivalence Number of all the devices does not exceed five 5 0 The standard connecting arrangement code telephone jack type for equipment with direct connections to the telephone network is CA11A Japan Telecom Mark w 1 A08 0138004 T 354 Appendix D Regulatory information ENWW Index A accessories ordering 322 acoustic specifications 338 activity log 259 address books e mail LDAP support 199 recipient lists 203 recipient lists creati
310. utomatically Use Fax 247 Use Fax over VoIP networks VoIP technology converts the analog phone signal into digital bits These are then assembled into packets which travel on the Internet The packets are converted and transmitted back to analog signals at or near the destination The transmission of the information on the Internet is done digitally instead of analog Therefore there are different constraints on the fax transmission that may require different fax settings than the analog Public Switched Telephone Network PSTN Fax is very dependent upon timing and signal quality so a fax transmission is more sensitive to a VoIP environment The following are suggested changes in settings for the HP LaserJet Analog Fax Accessory 500 when it is connected to a VoIP service e Start off with the tax set in V 34 Fast mode and with Error Correction Mode ECM turned on The V 34 protocol handles any changes in transmission speed needed to accommodate VolP networks e f numerous errors or retries occur with the unit set to V 34 set V 34 Off and set speed to Medium 14 400 bps e f errors and retries persist set a lower fax speed as some VolP systems cannot handle the higher signal rates associated with fax Set the Maximum Baud Rate to 9 600 bps Slow e In rare cases if errors persist turn off ECM on the product The image quality might decrease Ensure that the image quality is acceptable with ECM off before using this sett
311. ve the print cartridge from the product and verify that the sealing tape has been removed 2 Check the memory chip for damage 3 Examine the surface of the green imaging drum on the bottom of the print cartridge A CAUTION Do not touch the green roller imaging drum on the bottom of the cartridge Fingerprints on the imaging drum can cause print quality problems 4 Ifyou see any scratches fingerprints or other damage on the imaging drum replace the print cartridge 5 Ifthe imaging drum does not appear to be damaged rock the print cartridge gently several times and reinstall it Print a few pages to see if the problem has resolved ENWW Solve problems with supplies 117 Repeating defects It detects repeat at regular intervals on the page use this ruler to identity the cause of the detect Place the top of the ruler at the first defect The marking that is beside the next occurrence of the defect indicates which component needs to be replaced Figure 7 1 Repetitive defects ruler O mm D 27 mm 32 mm 44mm 48 mm ______ gt 51 mm _ gt 55 mm gt 63 mm 76 mm __ 80 mm gt 96 mm gt 101 mm Distance between defects Product components that cause the defect 27 mm Print cartridge 32 mm Print cartridge 44 mm Transfer unit 48 mm Print cartridge 51 mm Transfer roller 55 mm Print engine 63 mm Transfer unit 76 mm Print
312. veetacbaessteauaiaresdee came EENE EEEE 331 Ene User License Agreeme Ni aca seseace cca cinsssacesectaeatoaedeecadsaaasend EE E EE E SoZ Se oreerca coca E E E E A E 334 Customer self repair warranty service cccccceecccccceceeeeeecceceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeessaeeeeeeeeeeeaaneees 335 Womar SUNRE e E E E E E E E E 336 Appendix C Product specifications essssescesoecescoesoecesoesosoesocsoscesossesossosoesosoessesesoessessoo 337 Physical specihcah ONS sparrisen area EERE E E 338 Power consumption electrical specifications and acoustic EMISSIONS sessssisiseessriieseesrrrnen 338 Environmental specifications cocctautesdcciarncenencbcnnietnasaneiornesetieaunec ieheaed pstlnganieheneneendnnielrieiaeieleees 338 Appendix D Regulatory information sccccccscsssssscscscscsccscscscscscsccscscscscesescscscccscscosoes 339 E S e i E ee een neo E eon ee ee eee eee ee ee 340 Environmental product stewardship Program ccccccccsseeeceeeeeseeseeeesseeeeeeeesseeeeesesssaeeeeeeesaeeeees 341 Proteching the environment io2asnecteredeacedercvatvdtetuadenpeedaienactonsaesdnatietecehatasenadoneaaencedare 341 zone P oduan aeee E E ens ee eo 341 PONT CON O a E EE E E E E AEE A 341 xvi ENWW RDG WS oso cee casera E E A E OA bance A E EE E sence oosseenmeenseas 341 AE e EEA OEE EO A ee A E AE 341 HP LaserJet print supplies dex acesea wctoavesimentcncencteestudaapeaemasian seo tsiintaapesaleadedeyeseunmnengacnads 341 Ret
313. vice including fax machines to send any message unless such message clearly contains in a margin at the top or bottom of each transmitted page or on the first page of the transmission the date and time it is sent and an identification of the business other entity or individual sending the message and the telephone number of the sending machine or such business or other entity or individual The telephone number provided cannot be a 900 number or any other number for which charges exceed local or long distance transmission charges Industry Canada CS 03 requirements ENWW Notice The Industry Canada label identities certified equipment This certification means the equipment meets certain telecommunications network protective operational and safety requirements as prescribed in the appropriate Terminal Equipment Technical Requirement document s The Department does not guarantee the equipment will operate to the user s satisfaction Before installing this equipment users should ensure that it is permissible for the equipment to be connected to the facilities of the local telecommunications company The equipment must also be installed using an acceptable method of connection The customer should be aware that compliance with the above conditions may not prevent degradation of service in some situations Repairs to certitied equipment should be coordinated by a representative designated by the supplier Any repairs or alterations made by the
314. vironment ultimately increasing business productivity by helping you save time control costs and protect your investment HP Web Jetadmin updates are periodically made available to provide support for specific product features Visit www hp com go webjetadmin and click the Self Help and Documentation link to learn more about updates 272 Chapter 13 Manage and maintain ENWW Product security features Security statements The product supports security standards and recommended protocols that help you keep the product secure protect critical information on your network and simplify the way you monitor and maintain the product For in depth information about HP s secure imaging and printing solutions visit www hp com go secureprinting The site provides links to white papers and FAQ documents about security features IP Security IP Security IPsec is a set of protocols that control IP based network traffic to and from the product IPsec provides hostto host authentication data integrity and encryption of network communications For products that are connected to the network and have an HP Jetdirect print server you can configure IPsec by using the Networking tab in the HP Embedded Web Server Secure the HP Embedded Web Server Assign an administrator password for access to the product and the HP Embedded Web Server so that unauthorized users cannot change the product settings 1 Open the HP Embedded Web Server by entering
315. with Windows 1 2 3 4 On the File menu in the software program click Print Select the product and then click the Properties or Preferences button Click the Paper Quality tab Select a size from the Paper size drop down list Select a custom page size with Windows 1 2 3 4 5 On the File menu in the software program click Print Select the product and then click the Properties or Preferences button Click the Paper Quality tab Click the Custom button Type a name for the custom size specify the dimensions and click the OK button Select the paper type with Windows 1 SS ae On the File menu in the sottware program click Print Select the product and then click the Properties or Preferences button Click the Paper Quality tab From the Paper type drop down list click the More option Expand the list of Type is options Expand the category of paper types that best describes your paper and then click the paper type that you are using Select the paper tray with Windows 1 2 3 4 On the File menu in the software program click Print Select the product and then click the Properties or Preferences button Click the Paper Quality tab Select a tray from the Paper source drop down list Select the gloss level with Windows 1 2 ENWW On the File menu in the software program click Print Select the product and then click the Properties or Preferences button Basic
316. wo sided printing and stapling so you do not need to enable them manually For more information go to www hp com go upd UPD installation modes Traditional mode e Use this mode if you are installing the driver from a CD for a single computer e When installed from the CD that comes with the product UPD operates like traditional printer drivers It operates with a specific product e Ifyou use this mode you must install UPD separately for each computer and for each product Dynamic mode e To use this mode download UPD from the Internet See www hp com go upd e Dynamic mode allows you to use a single driver installation so you can discover and print to HP products in any location e Use this mode if you are installing UPD for a workgroup ENWW Select the correct printer driver for Windows 5 52 Priority for print settings Changes to print settings are prioritized depending on where the changes are made r NOTE The names of commands and dialog boxes might vary depending on your software program Page Setup dialog box Click Page Setup or a similar command on the File menu of the program you are working in to open this dialog box Settings changed here override settings changed anywhere else Print dialog box Click Print Print Setup or a similar command on the File menu of the program you are working in to open this dialog box Settings changed in the Print dialog box have a lower priority and usually d
317. ws 129 supported Windows 49 universal 51 DSS See digital sending utility duplex alignment setting 163 duplex printing double sided loading paper 98 settings Windows 136 turning on Mac 64 E e mail alerts 64 E mail feature enabling 192 economy settings 275 ENWW Edge Control 170 electrical specitications 338 embedded Web server 210 Embedded Web Server EWS assigning passwords 273 features 266 end of life disposal 343 energy use optimizing 275 Enhanced O EIO card installing 277 part number 323 partnumber 323 enlarge copy jobs 177 envelopes loading in Tray 1 90 loading orientation 98 environment specifications 338 environmental features 3 Environmental Product Stewardship Program 341 error codes 254 error correction mode settings 219 error messages control panel 288 e mail alerts 64 numerical list 120 types of 288 errors software 318 European Union waste disposal 344 EWS See embedded Web server Explorer versions supported HP Embedded Web Server 266 e mail about 198 address books configure 199 LDAP support 199 recipient lists 203 sending documents 200 SMTP support 199 202 203 F fax canceling 240 ENWW feeding problems 251 printing 247 receiving 24 required settings 207 sending 236 setup wizard 208 211 Fax Activity Log description 264 fax address book 239 fax notification 222 fax number confirmation 217 fax polling 229 Fax Reports description 264 fax settings H
318. ws 129 Get help for any printing option with Windows 1 Click the Help button to open the online Help Printing Shertcuts printing shortcut is a colection of saved print settings that you can select wth a singe click Printing shorbouts Generel Everyday Printing Paper type Unspecihed lapel sizes Two sided Duples Printing etter Eco Print Two sided Printing es Oi Cadstock Heavy Automatically Select Glossy Presentation a oe Factory Delaults Pages pet sheet 1 page per shest Save s Change the number of print copies with Windows 1 On the File menu in the software program click Print 2 Select the product and then select the number of copies 130 Chapter 8 Print tasks ENWW Save custom print settings for reuse with Windows Use a printing shortcut with Windows 1 On the File menu in the software program click Print 2 Select the product and then click the Properties or Preferences button Printer Status Find Printer Type Where E Print to File E Manual duplex Page range al section For example type 1 3 5 12 or plsi pis pls3 pess Print what Document Zoom Print al pages in range Pages per sheet 1 page Scale to paper size No Scaling ENWW Basic print tasks with Windows 131 3 Click the Printing Shortcuts tab 4 Select one of the shortcuts and then click
319. x is for the return and recycling of one or more HP LaserJet print cartridges after use Please follow the applicable instructions below Multiple returns more than one cartridge 1 Package each HP LaserJet print cartridge in its original box and bag 2 Tape the boxes together using strapping or packaging tape The package can weigh up to 31 kg 70 lb 3 Use a single pre paid shipping label OR 1 Use your own suitable box or request a free bulk collection box from www hp com recycle or 1 800 340 2445 holds up to 31 kg 70 Ib of HP LaserJet print cartridges 2 Use a single pre paid shipping label Single returns 1 Package the HP LaserJet print cartridge in its original bag and box 2 Place the shipping label on the front of the box Shipping For US and Puerto Rico HP LaserJet print cartridge recycling returns use the pre paid pre addressed shipping label contained in the box To use the UPS label give the package to the UPS driver during your next delivery or pick up or take it to an authorized UPS drop off center Requested UPS Ground pickup will be charged normal pick up rates For the location of your local UPS drop off center call 1 800 PICKUPS or visit www ups com If you are returning the package with the FedEx label give the package to either the U S Postal Service carrier or FedEx driver during your next pick up or delivery Requested FedEx Ground pickup will be charged normal pick up rates Or you can d
320. y 349 350 enabling 192 save to network folder enabling 192 Save to product memory 196 Save to USB 197 save to USB enabling 192 scale documents Macintosh 67 Windows 150 ENWW scan job settings 194 scan settings HP Embedded Web Server 268 Scan Digital Send Settings menu control panel 27 scanner glass cleaning 311 scanner glass cleaning 179 scanning to e mail about 198 address books configure 199 job settings 194 LDAP support 199 recipient lists 203 sending documents 200 SMTP support 199 scanning to folder 195 scanning to product memory 196 scanning to USB 197 secuily settings HP Embedded Web Server 270 security encrypted hard disk 273 security features 75 security slot 202 203 locating 9 Send to E mail enabling 192 Send to Folder 195 sending a fax delete multiple recipients 243 to multiple recipients 241 using fax address book numbers 239 sending to e mail about 198 199 address books 202 203 job settings 194 LDAP support 199 recipient lists 203 sending documents 200 SMTP support 199 Service menu control panel 46 service settings 261 settings billing codes 219 dial tone detection dialing mode 213 dialing prefix 216 driver presets Mac 66 drivers 53 drivers Mac 63 error correction mode 219 fax number confirmation 217 fitto page 231 JBIG compression 218 memory lock 247 paper tray selection 233 priority 52 63 redial interval 214 redial on busy 215 redial on no answer required
321. y fuse the toner to the paper If the paper type setting is not correct for the type of paper you are using change the setting to the correct paper type 3 If your computer is connected to a wireless network low signal quality or interference might be delaying print jobs ENWW The product does not print or it prints slowly 313 Solve walk up USB printing problems The Open trom USB menu does not open when you insert the USB accessory The file does not print from the USB storage accessory The file that you want to print is not listed in the Open from USB menu The Open from USB menu does not open when you insert the USB accessory 1 You might be using a USB storage accessory or a file system that this product does not support Save the files on a standard USB storage accessory that uses File Allocation Table FAT tile systems The product supports FAT12 FAT16 and FAT32 USB storage accessories If another menu is already open close that menu and then reinsert the USB storage accessory The USB storage accessory might have multiple partitions Some USB storage accessory manutacturers install software on the accessory that creates partitions similar to a CD Reformat the USB storage accessory to remove the partitions or use a different USB storage accessory The USB storage accessory might require more power than the product can provide a Remove the USB storage accessory b Turn the product off and then on c Use a USB stor
322. y you in advance that temporary discontinuance of service may be required If advance notice is not practical the telephone company will notify the customer as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to tile a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that could affect the operation of the equipment If this happens the telephone company will provide advance notice in order for you to make the necessary modifications in order to maintain uninterrupted service If trouble is experienced with this equipment please see the numbers in this manual for repair and or warranty information If the trouble is causing harm to the telephone network the teleohone company may request you remove the equipment from the network until the problem is resolved The customer can do the following repairs Replace any original equipment that came with the device This includes the print cartridge the supports for trays and bins the power cord and the telephone cord It is recommended that the customer install an AC surge arrestor in the AC outlet to which this device is connected This is to avoid damage to the equipment caused by local lightning strikes and other electrical surges Telephone Consumer Protection Act US The Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 makes it unlawful for any person to use a computer or other electronic de
323. ype and size of paper and then close the tray Touch the OK button to accept the detected size and type or touch the Modify button to choose a different paper size or type Select the correct size and type and then touch the OK button Configure a tray by using the control panel ENWW You can also configure the trays for type and size without a prompt from the product Ie oe From the Home screen touch the Trays button Touch the line for the tray that you want to configure and then touch the Modify button Select the paper size and paper type from the lists of options Touch the OK button to save your selection Configure trays 101 Automatic paper sensing auto sense mode The automatic paper type sensor functions when a tray is configured to the Any Type or plain type setting After it has picked up paper from the tray the product can detect overhead transparencies paper weight and gloss level For more control select a specific paper type in the job or configure the tray for a specific paper type Auto sense settings Full sensing Tray 1 only For each sheet of paper that it picks up from the tray the product detects light paper plain paper heavy paper glossy paper tough paper and transparencies Expanded sensing For the first few sheets of paper that it picks up from the tray the product detects light paper plain paper heavy paper glossy paper tough paper and NOTE This is the default setting
324. ys display a numeric code of 0 whereas other messages can have a range of numeric codes depending on the circumstances and a few messages will have no numeric code Usually a numeric code of 0 indicates an error was not associated with the fax modem but occurred in another part of the fax subsystem or other product subsytem such as the printing subsystem Non zero error codes give further detail into the particular action or process that the modem is executing and they don t necessarily indicate that there is a problem with the modem In the tables that follow the fax messages with the most common number codes are given with recommended corrective action Several messages that are normal or indicate a normal event are also included in tables For example if a fax was not able to be sent to a busy number a Fail Busy message will be shown Nothing is wrong with the fax subsystem the message indicates the fax was not completed due to a busy telephone number at the receiving end Persistent error messages with numeric codes different than those listed here require assistance of customer support A more detailed listing of the last fax call can be printed out before contacting customer support to help identify the problem The detailed fax listing is called a Fax T 30 Trace and can be printed for the last fax or it can be set to print whenever a fax error occurs To print or configure the Fax T 30 Trace touch Administration Troubleshooting and

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

Trademarks Disclaimer FCC Warning  O-250 AW of IM OL(A3)  SPT UC-633 Use and Care Manual  FujiFilm 16113421 Camcorder User Manual  Nokia N92-1  取扱説明書 - 三菱電機  品番 31200 品名 ステムシャフト伸びる君  mm A3  Manual Fun4Four V2.0_de - TAB  Page 1 Page 2 《安全作業の確保のために》 西己管施工および接合作業  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file